OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
     
o   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended
OR
     
þ   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from   June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(404) 659-2424
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
Common Stock, $1 par value   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ        No o
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer  þ
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
 
      (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o      No þ
     As of August 4, 2007, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was approximately $510,884,849. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant’s voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August 4, 2007) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes. There are no non-voting shares of the registrant.
     Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
         
 Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange
on Which Registered
  Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 31, 2008
         
Common Stock, $1 par value   New York Stock Exchange   16,393,112
Documents Incorporated by Reference
     Portions of our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 16, 2008, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. We intend to file such proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than June 1, 2008.
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
         
        Page

PART I
   
  Business   5
  Risk Factors   18
  Unresolved Staff Comments   26
  Properties   27
  Legal Proceedings   27
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   27
 
       

PART II
   
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   27
  Selected Financial Data   30
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   31
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   55
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   58
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   102
  Controls and Procedures   102
  Other Information   104
 
       

PART III
   
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   105
  Executive Compensation   105
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   105
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   105
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   105
 
       

PART IV
   
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   105
Signatures   108
 EX-3.(B) BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY
 EX-10.(M) DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 EX-10.(Y) FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
 EX-21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 EX-24 POWERS OF ATTORNEY
 EX-31.1 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 EX-31.2 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 EX-32 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO AND CFO

2


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     Our Securities and Exchange Commission filings and public announcements often include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “will” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all such forward-looking statements contained herein, the entire contents of our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Important assumptions relating to these forward-looking statements include, among others, assumptions regarding general and regional economic conditions, including those that affect consumer demand and spending, demand for our products, timing of shipments to our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive conditions, the timing and cost of planned capital expenditures, expected synergies in connection with acquisitions and joint ventures, costs of products and raw materials we purchase and expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
DEFINITIONS
     As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, “our,” “us” and “we” mean Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Also, the terms “FASB,” “SFAS,” “EITF” and “SEC” mean the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, Emerging Issues Task Force and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, respectively.

3


Table of Contents

     On October 8, 2007, our board of directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective with our fiscal year which commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year ends at the end of the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Accordingly, there was a transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008. We have filed a Form 10-Q for the quarters ended August 31, 2007 and November 30, 2007 and are filing this transition report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008. Additionally, the terms listed below (or words of similar import) reflect the respective period noted:
     
Fiscal 2009
  52 weeks ending January 30, 2010
Fiscal 2008
  52 weeks ending January 31, 2009
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  35 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  52 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Fiscal 2007
  52 weeks ended June 1, 2007
Eight months ended February 2, 2007
  35 weeks ended February 2, 2007
Fiscal 2006
  52 weeks ended June 2, 2006
Fiscal 2005
  53 weeks ended June 3, 2005
Fiscal 2004
  52 weeks ended May 28, 2004
Fiscal 2003
  52 weeks ended May 30, 2003
 
   
Fourth quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ending January 31, 2009
Third quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ending November 1, 2008
Second quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ending August 2, 2008
First quarter fiscal 2008
  13 weeks ending May 3, 2008
 
   
Third quarter of eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  9 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Second quarter of eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended November 30, 2007
First quarter of eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended August 31, 2007
 
   
Fourth quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks and one day ending February 2, 2008
Third quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended November 2, 2007
Second quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended August 3, 2007
First quarter of twelve months ended February 2, 2008
  13 weeks ended May 4, 2007
 
   
Fourth quarter fiscal 2007
  13 weeks ended June 1, 2007
Third quarter fiscal 2007
  13 weeks ended March 2, 2007
Second quarter fiscal 2007
  13 weeks ended December 1, 2006
First quarter fiscal 2007
  13 weeks ended September 1, 2006
 
   
Fourth quarter fiscal 2006
  13 weeks ended June 2, 2006
Third quarter fiscal 2006
  13 weeks ended March 3, 2006
Second quarter fiscal 2006
  13 weeks ended December 2, 2005
First quarter ended fiscal 2006
  13 weeks ended September 2, 2005

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.  Business
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
     We are an international apparel design, sourcing and marketing company that features a diverse portfolio of owned and licensed lifestyle brands, company-owned retail operations, and a collection of private label apparel businesses. Originally founded in 1942, we have undergone a transformation in recent years as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing and marketing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 62% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own compared to approximately 4% in fiscal 2003.
     A key component of our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that are “fashion right” and evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. As part of this strategy, we strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, to acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We consider “lifestyle” brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama® and Ben Sherman® brands. We believe that by generating an emotional connection with our target consumer, lifestyle brands can command higher price points at retail, resulting in higher profits. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand can provide opportunities for branded retail operations as well as licensing ventures in product categories beyond our core apparel business.
     Our strategy of emphasizing branded apparel products rather than private label products is driven in part by the continued consolidation in the retail industry and the increasing concentration of apparel manufacturing in a relatively limited number of offshore markets, two trends we believe are making the private label business generally more competitively challenging. As we embarked on our brand-focused business strategy, the first major step was our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama brand and operations in June 2003. Then, in July 2004, we acquired the Ben Sherman brand and operations. In June 2006, another significant step in this transition occurred with the divestiture of our former Womenswear Group operations which produced private label women’s sportswear, primarily for mass merchants. We have also closed all but one of our manufacturing facilities. Additionally, subsequent to the acquisition of the Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands we have continued to invest in these brands by expanding the number of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores each year.
     We distribute our products through several wholesale distribution channels including national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and Internet retailers. Other than our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom, substantially all of our net sales are to customers located in the United States. Our largest customer, Macy’s Inc. (formerly known as Federated Department Stores, Inc.), represented 11% of our consolidated net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. We also operate retail stores, restaurants and Internet websites for some of our brands.
     We divide our operations into four operating groups for reporting purposes. These operating groups consist of:
    Tommy Bahama;
 
    Ben Sherman;
 
    Lanier Clothes; and
 
    Oxford Apparel
     Generally, each operating group is differentiated by its own distinctive brands or products, product styling, pricing strategies, distribution channels and target consumers. Each operating group is managed to maximize the return on capital invested and to develop its brands and operations within the operating group in coordination with our overall strategic plans.

5


Table of Contents

     We believe that maintaining and growing our owned and licensed brands are critical to our success. Our owned brands include the following:
         
Tommy Bahama®
  Ben Sherman®   Ely®
Indigo Palms®
  Nickelson®   Cattleman®
Island Soft®
  Oxford Golf®   Cumberland Outfitters®
Arnold Brant®
  Solitude®   Kona Windtm
Billy London®
  Tranquility Baytm    
     We hold licenses to produce and sell certain categories of apparel and footwear products under the following brands:
         
Nautica®
  Dockers®   Geoffrey Beene®
Kenneth Cole®
  O Oscartm   Evisu®
Tommy Hilfiger®
  United States Polo Association®    
     Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel also sell private label products, which comprised approximately 25% of our consolidated net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. We consider “private label” sales to be sales of products exclusively to one customer under a brand name that is owned or licensed by our retail customer and not owned by us.
     We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S-based and foreign apparel firms compete. Our operations are subject to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Important factors relating to these risks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Operating Groups
     Our business is operated through four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. The leader of each operating group reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer. The tables below present certain recent financial information about our operating groups (in thousands).
                         
          Eight Month        
    Twelve Months     Transition     Eight Months  
    Ended     Period Ended     Ended  
    February 2,     February 2,     February 2,  
    2008     2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)  
Net Sales
                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 462,895     $ 284,611     $ 286,837  
Ben Sherman
    158,927       101,578       99,469  
Lanier Clothes
    160,705       107,457       111,910  
Oxford Apparel
    300,747       201,301       239,862  
Corporate and Other
    1,987       851       1,411  
 
                 
Total
  $ 1,085,261     $ 695,798     $ 739,489  
 
                 
Operating Income
                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 75,834     $ 38,041     $ 43,740  
Ben Sherman
    8,495       4,147       4,026  
Lanier Clothes
    (130 )     315       4,683  
Oxford Apparel
    20,614       12,001       14,136  
Corporate and Other
    (19,153 )     (13,510 )     (10,402 )
 
                 
Total
  $ 85,660     $ 40,994     $ 56,183  
 
                 

6


Table of Contents

                 
    February 2,     February 2,  
    2008     2007  
            (Unaudited)  
Assets
               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 519,291     $ 441,657  
Ben Sherman
    208,829       211,997  
Lanier Clothes
    83,208       95,135  
Oxford Apparel
    102,253       103,586  
Corporate and Other
    (3,309 )     22,730  
 
           
Total
  $ 910,272     $ 875,105  
 
           
     For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information about geographic areas, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.
Tommy Bahama
     Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets men’s and women’s sportswear and related products that are intended to define casually elegant living consistent with Tommy Bahama’s aspirational lifestyle brands. Tommy Bahama’s products can be found in our own retail stores as well as certain department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Most of the apparel products offered by Tommy Bahama are intended to be suitable for both casual and professional environments.
     We believe that the continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand is dependent upon careful selection of higher tier retailers through whom Tommy Bahama products are sold and disciplined avoidance of lower distribution tiers. Although the Tommy Bahama brand remained profitable during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, during the second half of this period Tommy Bahama began to feel the impact of the current macro economic environment in the United States. We expect this challenging economic environment to continue in fiscal 2008 and have planned inventory purchases conservatively for both our wholesale and retail operations, which will limit our sales growth opportunities. This strategy, however, will also mitigate inventory markdown risk and promotional pressure for the group. At the same time, we do not believe that it is appropriate to reduce our investment pace in the Tommy Bahama brand and, accordingly, we will continue to invest in additional retail stores, our e-commerce website and appropriate marketing expenditures.
Trademarks
     Tommy Bahama’s brands include the following:
    Tommy Bahama, an aspirational lifestyle brand that is intended to define elegant island living with men’s and women’s sportswear, swimwear and accessories.
 
    Indigo Palms, which features a collection of denim-related sportswear designed to reflect an island attitude targeted to appeal to a sophisticated, quality conscious consumer. The marketing strategy for Indigo Palms includes offering fine fabrics, treatments and styling in apparel products intended to be luxurious yet casual.
 
    Island Soft, which takes a sophisticated, fashion-minded approach to sportswear. We believe Island Soft offers a more dressed up alternative to the original Tommy Bahama collection, featuring a group of innovative jacket/blazer hybrids, as well as trousers, shirts, sweaters and outerwear.
 
    Tommy Bahama Relaxtm, which is a more casual complement to the Tommy Bahama brand and features cotton and linen based backyard and poolside attire.

7


Table of Contents

    Tommy Bahama Golf 18tm, which brings a tropical take to men’s and women’s golfwear featuring high-tech fabrics and performance features.
     A key component of our Tommy Bahama marketing strategy is to operate our own retail stores, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products and brands in a setting specifically designed to evoke the lifestyle on which they are based, as further discussed below. The marketing of our Tommy Bahama brands also uses print, moving media, promotional programs, internet advertising and tradeshow initiatives. We also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to our wholesale customers to enhance the presentation of our Tommy Bahama products at their retail locations. We employ a cooperative advertising program with certain Tommy Bahama wholesale customers.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
     We believe the quality and design of Tommy Bahama products are critical to the continued success of the Tommy Bahama brands. Tommy Bahama products are designed by brand specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers, and sales agents along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of silk, linen, tencel or cotton, or blends including one or more of these fiber types.
     Until February 1, 2008, we utilized a third party buying agent located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. On February 1, 2008, we acquired this third party buying agent for an aggregate purchase price of $35 million and now perform these functions internally.
     During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we utilized approximately 150 suppliers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products on an order-by-order basis. The largest ten suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided approximately 75% of the products acquired during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. Substantially all Tommy Bahama products acquired by us were “package purchases,” which include all raw materials and cut, sew and finish labor. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the goods are shipped. The use of third party producers enables us to reduce working capital related to work-in-process inventories.
     We ship Tommy Bahama products to our wholesale customers, our own retail stores and our e-commerce customers from our distribution center located in Auburn, Washington. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support programs for pre-booked orders and planned sales volume.
Wholesale Operations
     We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brands are dependent in part upon careful selection of the retailers through whom Tommy Bahama products are sold. Part of our strategy is to control the distribution of our Tommy Bahama products in a manner intended to protect and grow the value of the brands. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 47% of Tommy Bahama’s sales were to wholesale customers with the remaining 53% to our retail, restaurant and e-commerce customers. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 13% and 10% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were to Tommy Bahama’s two largest customers, Nordstrom, Inc. and Macy’s Inc. respectively.
     We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including New York and Seattle. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations employ a sales force consisting of both independent commissioned sales representatives and employees.
Licensing Operations
     We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brands. Once a brand is established, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing

8


Table of Contents

ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.
     Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, with certain renewal options in many cases. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
     Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:
     
Bedding and bath accessories
  Wallcoverings
Men’s and women’s watches
  Rugs
Men’s and women’s eyewear
  Ceiling fans
Men’s and women’s fragrance
  Indoor furniture
Men’s and women’s neckwear
  Outdoor furniture
Men’s and women’s shoes, belts and socks
  Umbrellas
Table top accessories
  Luggage
Rum
   
Retail Operations
     Our retail strategy for Tommy Bahama involves locating stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers and resort destinations. Generally, we seek malls and shopping areas with high profile or luxury consumer brands. Our retail stores carry a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear, home products and accessories, all presented in an island inspired atmosphere designed to be comfortable and distinct from the typical retail layout.
     Our Tommy Bahama full price retail stores allow us the opportunity to present Tommy Bahama’s full line of current season products, including many licensed products. We believe these retail stores provide high visibility of the Tommy Bahama brands and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of our consumers. We believe our presentation of products and our strategy to limit promotional sales in our own retail stores are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties, while helping us to protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brands through controlled distribution.
     Certain of our retail stores are integrated with a Tommy Bahama restaurant, a configuration we refer to as a “compound.”
     The table below provides additional information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores as of February 2, 2008.
                 
    Number   Average
    of Stores   Square Feet
Compounds (1)
    10       10,400  
Full Price Stores
    55       3,700  
Outlet Stores
    7       6,400  
Licensed Stores(2)
    10       2,400  
 
               
Total
    82          
 
(1)   Includes average retail space and restaurant space of 3,900 and 6,500 square feet, respectively.
 
(2)   Includes stores operated outside the United States under the name Tommy Bahama by third parties pursuant to license agreements with us.

9


Table of Contents

     During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 53% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were from our retail store operations, which include retail store, restaurant and e-commerce sales. For Tommy Bahama’s full price retail stores and compounds operating as of February 2, 2007, sales per square foot, excluding restaurant sales, were approximately $730 during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     During fiscal 2008, we anticipate opening an additional six to eight Tommy Bahama full price retail stores including two compounds. We opened four full price retail stores and one compound in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. The operation of retail stores and compounds requires a greater amount of capital investment than wholesale operations. Based on our build-out costs for Tommy Bahama retail stores and compounds recently completed, we estimate that we spend approximately $1.1 million and $6.5 million in connection with the build-out of each full price retail store and compound, respectively. Often, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital expenditures.
     To further expand our direct-to-consumer approach, we launched e-commerce functionality on the tommybahama.com website during October 2007 to allow consumers the ability to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet.
Ben Sherman
     Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and footwear. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young men’s, “Mod”-inspired shirt brand and has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at youthful-thinking men and women ages 19 to 35 in multiple markets throughout the world. Today, we offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection as well as tailored clothing, footwear and accessories. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 81% of Ben Sherman’s net sales were outside of the United States. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties for various product categories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores and a variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman retail stores.
     We believe that the integrity and success of the Ben Sherman brand is dependent in part upon careful selection of the retailers through whom our Ben Sherman products are sold. Beginning during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we commenced an ongoing effort to refocus the brand and restrict distribution to attain higher price points for our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom. In conjunction with this ongoing repositioning effort, we have combined our Ben Sherman lines into one global collection under our Ben Sherman “black and orange” label in order to present a more unified brand image throughout the world. Our black and orange label apparel products are generally characterized as having better fabrics and being less conservative and more fashion forward than our Ben Sherman products previously sold in the United Kingdom. We believe that our emphasis on a more controlled distribution at higher price points will enhance future opportunities for the Ben Sherman brand. We anticipate that there will be a further reduction in sales in the United Kingdom wholesale business in fiscal 2008 as we continue this process.
     As we reposition the Ben Sherman brand in the United Kingdom, we are investing in the expansion of the brand, including investment in an international infrastructure to support future growth in markets outside of the United Kingdom and United States and investment in additional retail stores within the United Kingdom and United States. We anticipate sales growth in international markets outside of the United States and United Kingdom and in our own retail stores, but such growth is not expected to offset fully the reduction in sales in the United Kingdom wholesale business.
     We market the Ben Sherman brand through print, moving media, promotional programs, internet marketing and tradeshow initiatives. We also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to wholesale customers to enhance the presentation of our Ben Sherman products at third party retail locations. We also employ a cooperative advertising program with certain Ben Sherman wholesale customers.
Design, Sourcing and Distribution
     We believe product quality and design are critical to the continued success of the Ben Sherman brand. Ben Sherman apparel and footwear products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Ben Sherman

10


Table of Contents

headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers, and our sales force along with market trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate one or more fiber types, including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics or blends of two or more of these materials.
     We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of Ben Sherman apparel products primarily in Asia and use another third party buying agent for our sourcing in Europe and other locations. Through these two buying agents, we utilized approximately 100 suppliers located throughout the world, but with a concentration in Asia, to manufacture our Ben Sherman products on an order-by-order basis. The largest ten suppliers provided approximately 52% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. Substantially all our Ben Sherman products were package purchases of finished goods. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the goods are shipped. The use of third party producers enables us to reduce working capital related to work-in-process inventories.
     We use a third party distribution center in the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and operate a distribution center in Germany for our Ben Sherman products sold in continental Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for Ben Sherman by Oxford Apparel at our distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers and our Ben Sherman retail stores. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support our programs for pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volume and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering.
Wholesale Operations
     Part of our strategy is to maintain controlled distribution to protect and grow the value of the Ben Sherman brand. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 86% of Ben Sherman’s net sales were to wholesale customers. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 11% of the net sales of Ben Sherman were to Ben Sherman’s largest customer, Debenhams.
     We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including London, New York and Dusseldorf. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman employ a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.
     During fiscal 2007, we acquired the company that owns the Nickelson trademark in the United Kingdom. Nickelson is a British urban brand aimed at a target market of 18-30 year-olds with a specific slant on the street wear influenced youth market. The Nickelson brand gives us a lower priced alternative to our Ben Sherman brand in the United Kingdom. We also have a license agreement which allows us to manufacture, source and distribute Evisu-brand footwear, which supplements our Ben Sherman brand footwear operations. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 11% of the net sales of Ben Sherman were sales of Nickelson and Evisu products.
Licensing/Distributor Operations
     We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben Sherman’s core product categories. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben Sherman-brand products.
     Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

11


Table of Contents

Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product categories:
     
Men’s backpacks, travel bags and wallets
  Men’s, women’s and boys’ leather outerwear
Men’s and boys’ watches and jewelry
  Men’s and boys’ underwear, socks and sleepwear
Men’s and women’s eyewear
  Men’s gift products
Men’s fragrances and toiletries
  Men’s and women’s accessories and small leather goods
Men’s neckwear and pocket squares
  Men’s hats, caps, scarves and gloves
Men’s and boys’ belts
  Men’s suits and dress shirts
     In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which allow our partners the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the world, including Europe, Asia, Australia, South Africa and the Middle East. The majority of the products distributed by these partners are acquired from us or other product licensees and are typically identical to the products sold in the United Kingdom and United States. We are in the early stages of these arrangements for most geographic locations, but we believe there is potential for further penetration into these markets for the Ben Sherman brand. In most markets, our license/distribution partners are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of February 2, 2008, our license/distribution partners operated thirteen retail stores located in Australia, Asia, Europe and the Middle East, identified as licensed stores in the table below.
Retail Operations
     Our retail strategy for the Ben Sherman brand is to locate stores in higher-end malls and brand-appropriate street locations. Each retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben Sherman image. Our full price Ben Sherman retail stores allow the opportunity to present Ben Sherman’s full line of current season products, including licensees’ products. We believe our Ben Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in our Ben Sherman retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business with our wholesale customers. Our outlet stores in the United Kingdom serve an important role in the overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while helping us protect the Ben Sherman brand by controlling the distribution of such products.
     The table below provides additional information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of February 2, 2008.
                 
    Number   Average
    of Stores   Square Feet
United States Full Price Stores
    4       4,100  
United Kingdom Full Price Stores
    5       2,600  
United Kingdom Outlet Stores
    7       1,600  
Licensed Stores
    13       1,900  
 
               
Total
    29          
     During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 15% of Ben Sherman’s net sales were from owned retail store operations. Retail sales per square foot were approximately $659 for our full price Ben Sherman stores open as of February 2, 2007.
     During fiscal 2008, we anticipate opening additional full price stores, after opening three full price stores in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. The operation of our retail stores requires a greater amount of capital investment than wholesale operations. Generally we anticipate spending approximately $1.0 million of capital expenditures to build-out each Ben Sherman full price retail store. Often, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital expenditures. In fiscal 2008, we expect our licensing/distribution partners to open approximately twelve retail stores, which we do not fund.

12


Table of Contents

     Our Ben Sherman products are also sold via the Internet in the United Kingdom at bensherman.co.uk, in the United States at benshermanusa.com and in Germany at bensherman-shop.de.
Lanier Clothes
     Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label men’s suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under trademarks including Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all of which are licensed to us by third parties. Additionally, we design and market products for our Arnold Brant and Billy London brands. Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to blend modern elements of style with affordable luxury. Billy London is a modern, British inspired, fashion brand focused towards the value-oriented consumer. In addition to the branded businesses, we design and source certain private label tailored clothing products. We believe that this private label business complements our branded tailored clothing businesses. Significant private label brands for which we produce tailored clothing include Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands’ End. Sales of private label products represented approximately 55% of Lanier Clothes’ net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States. We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management as well as the design of quality products are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing market.
     In Lanier Clothes, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States’ largest retailers including JCPenney, Macy’s, Sears, Burlington Coat Factory and Kohl’s. These five customers represented approximately 70% of Lanier Clothes’ net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. JCPenney, Macy’s and Sears represented approximately 26%, 23% and 12%, respectively, of Lanier Clothes’ net sales, during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     We market our branded tailored clothing products on a brand-by-brand basis targeting distinct consumer demographics and lifestyles. Our advertising programs are an integral part of the branded product offerings. For certain tailored clothing products, we employ a cooperative advertising program.
     The twelve months ended February 2, 2008 for Lanier Clothes were significantly impacted by sluggish demand in the moderate tailored clothing market at retail. These challenges resulted in lower net sales and gross margins during the period. We expect this challenging environment for the moderate tailored clothing market to continue into fiscal 2008 and have therefore planned accordingly.
Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing and Distribution
     Our Lanier Clothes’ design teams are located in New York. Our design teams focus on the target consumer of each brand and the design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents with market trend research.
     In the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, the substantial majority of all product purchases of Lanier Clothes were “cut-make-trim” (CMT) purchases from third party producers, on an order-by-order basis. CMT purchases are purchases in which we supply some or all of the raw materials and purchase cut, sew and finish labor from our third party producers. In CMT purchases, we procure and retain ownership of the raw materials throughout the manufacturing and finishing process. We have traditionally used this method in Lanier Clothes to maintain a greater level of involvement in the manufacturing process given the complexities of manufacturing tailored clothing. We also operate a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced approximately 16% of our Lanier Clothes products during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     Substantially all of our CMT purchases and our related raw materials purchases were sourced from countries outside of the United States. We manage production in Latin America, Asia and Italy through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third party buying agents. The ten largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided 90% of its products during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.

13


Table of Contents

     Our various Lanier Clothes products are manufactured from a variety of fibers including wool, silk, bamboo, linen, cotton and other natural fibers as well as synthetics and blends of these materials. The majority of the materials used in the manufacturing operations are purchased in the form of woven finished fabrics directly from numerous offshore fabric mills.
     For Lanier Clothes, we utilize distribution centers located in Toccoa, Georgia and Greenville, Georgia. These distribution centers receive substantially all of our Lanier Clothes’ finished goods from suppliers, inspect those products and ship the products to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering. For selected standard tailored clothing product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior season inventory is an ongoing part of our business.
     We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Clothes products in several locations, including Atlanta and New York. We employ a sales force for Lanier Clothes consisting of salaried employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.
Oxford Apparel
     Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. Our Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores, mass merchants, specialty catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, “green grass” golf merchants and Internet retailers throughout the United States.
     We design and source certain private label programs for several customers including programs under the Land’s End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer labels. Private label products represented approximately 59% of Oxford Apparel’s net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     In Oxford Apparel, we have relationships with some of the largest retailers in the United States including Sears, Men’s Wearhouse, Costco, Macy’s and Target. These five customers represented approximately 57% of the net sales of Oxford Apparel in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, with Sears and Men’s Wearhouse representing approximately 17% and 15%, respectively, of Oxford Apparel’s net sales.
     The following are the more significant Oxford Apparel brands that are owned by us.
    Oxford Golf, which was launched in the Fall of 2003. The Oxford Golf brand is targeted to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for high quality and classic styling.
 
    The Ely & Walker brands, which include Ely, Cattleman, Ely Casuals®, and Cumberland Outfitters. These brands are targeted toward a western-style shirt and sportswear consumer.
 
    Solitude, which is a California lifestyle brand intended to reflect the casual, beach lifestyle of Santa Barbara and to blend the elements of surf, sand and sun into a full collection of casual and dress sportswear. We also have other complementary brands of casual attire, including Kona Wind and Tranquility Bay.
 
    Hathaway, which is a brand that traces its roots back to the 1800’s and enjoyed substantial brand awareness during the 1900’s. We own a two-thirds interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries, and we sell dress shirts and sportswear under the Hathaway brand.
     In addition to our private label and owned brand business, Oxford Apparel holds licenses from third parties to use the Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for certain product categories.
     During the last two years, we took steps to streamline the operations of Oxford Apparel including the closure of Oxford Apparel’s last four manufacturing facilities, the consolidation of certain of the Oxford Apparel support functions and the sale of our Monroe, Georgia facility. As a continuation of this plan to streamline operations, during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we exited certain product lines as we focus on key product categories and exit underperforming lines of business. We anticipate that net sales for fiscal 2008 will be lower than net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.

14


Table of Contents

Design, Sourcing and Distribution
     Our Oxford Apparel products are designed primarily by design teams located at the Oxford Apparel offices in New York. The design teams focus on the target consumer and the process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research. Our Oxford Apparel products are manufactured from several types of fibers including cotton, linen, wool, silk and other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials.
     During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, Oxford Apparel acquired the substantial majority of its products on an order-by-order basis from third party producers outside of the United States. We operate buying offices in Hong Kong and Singapore that manage the production and sourcing for Oxford Apparel in Asia. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we used approximately 125 suppliers in 30 countries for our Oxford Apparel products. Suppliers in Asia accounted for the substantial majority of our Oxford Apparel product purchases. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, approximately 3% of Oxford Apparel’s products were sourced from a facility owned by us in Honduras, which we sold in October 2007, and another 3% was purchased from a factory in China operated by a joint venture in which we have a 49% ownership interest.
     During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, package purchases represented approximately 93% and CMT purchases represented the remainder of the third party units sourced by Oxford Apparel. As discussed above, package purchases are purchases of finished goods which include both raw materials and cut, sew and finish labor. We do not take ownership of package purchases until the goods are shipped. In CMT purchases, we procure and retain ownership of the raw materials throughout the manufacturing and finishing process.
     We utilize a distribution center owned by us in Lyons, Georgia, and third party distribution centers, which receive Oxford Apparel finished goods from suppliers, inspect those products and ship the products to our customers. Some products of Oxford Apparel are shipped to customers directly on an FOB Foreign Port basis without passing through our distribution center. In FOB Foreign Port shipments, the customer or the customer’s freight forwarder handles the in-bound logistics and customs clearance. FOB Foreign Port transactions represented approximately 32% of the net sales of Oxford Apparel in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet increased customer demand for at-once ordering. For selected standard product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs providing shipment to customers typically within a few days. These types of in-stock replenishment programs generally require higher inventory levels in order to meet customer requests in a timely manner. Disposal of excess prior season inventory is an ongoing part of business.
     We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for Oxford Apparel products in several locations, including New York. We employ a sales force consisting of salaried and commissioned sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives for our Oxford Apparel operations.
Corporate and Other
     Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments and other costs that are not allocated to our operating groups.
Discontinued Operations
     As discussed in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report, we sold the operations of the Womenswear Group in June 2006. The Womenswear Group produced private label women’s sportswear separates, coordinated sportswear, outerwear, dresses and swimwear primarily for mass merchants. All transactions and cash flows related to the Womenswear operations are reflected in discontinued operations in all periods presented in this report.

15


Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS
     As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel, and in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We continue to expand our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services and the required registration renewals are filed. Our significant trademarks are discussed within each operating group discussion above. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
COMPETITION
     We sell our products in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous United States-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry. We believe that competition within the branded apparel industry is based primarily upon design, brand image, consumer preference, price, quality, marketing and customer service. We believe our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is related to our ability to foresee changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and to present appealing branded and private label products for consumers. Particularly with respect to our private label businesses, in some instances a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by sourcing its products directly or by marketing its own private label brands. Important factors relating to risks associated with competition include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS AND ORDER BACKLOG
Seasonal Aspects of Business
     Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally, our products are sold to our wholesale customers prior to each of the retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday. As the timing of product shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results for any particular quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of net sales by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%, respectively, and the percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 40%, 18%, 28% and 14%, respectively, which we do not believe is indicative of the distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 were impacted by the current economic environment.
Order Backlog
     As of February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, we had booked orders totaling $269.3 million and $290.5 million, respectively, substantially all of which we expect will be or were shipped within six months after each such date. Once we receive a specific purchase order, the dollar value of such order is included in our booked orders. A portion of our business consists of at-once EDI “Quick Response” programs with large retailers. Replenishment shipments under these programs generally have such an abbreviated order life that they are excluded from the order backlog completely. We do not believe that this backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods.
TRADE REGULATION
     International trade agreements, trade preference arrangements and trade legislation are important to our business because most apparel imports into the United States are highly restricted. There are two key types of restrictions. First, there are duties levied on the value of imported apparel. The duty rates on the cotton and wool product categories that cover the majority of our products range from 15% to 20%. Silk products represent a significant portion of our Tommy Bahama products and are generally subject to duty rates of less than 5%. Second, until January 1, 2005, the United States had implemented restrictive quotas on the importation of many classifications of textiles and apparel products from most of the major apparel-producing countries, including most of the countries

16


Table of Contents

where we produce apparel and including the cotton and wool product categories that cover the majority of our products. These quota restraints placed numerical limits on the quantity of garments permitted to be imported into the United States in a given year on a by country and by product category basis. The effect of these quotas was to limit the amount of apparel that could be sourced in the countries that offered the most competitive fabrics and most competitive apparel manufacturing. As a result, a substantial portion of cotton and wool apparel imported into the United States was sourced, prior to January 1, 2005, from countries that would not be the most competitive producers in the absence of quotas. Silk products were not subject to quota restraints.
     Notwithstanding quota elimination, China’s accession agreement for membership in the WTO provides that WTO member countries (including the U.S., Canada and European countries) may reimpose quotas on specific categories of products in the event it is determined that imports from China have surged and are threatening to create a market disruption for such categories of products (so called “safeguard quota provisions”). In response to surging imports, in November 2005 the U.S. and China agreed to a new quota arrangement which will impose quotas on certain textile products through the end of calendar 2008. Additionally, WTO members may impose additional duties or quotas under certain circumstances. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we sourced approximately 45% of our product purchases from China.
     Absent the non-market restrictions created by quotas and absent duty saving advantages available with respect to the products of certain countries under the terms of various free trade agreements and trade preference arrangements, we generally believe that the most competitive fabrics and apparel manufacturing are in Asia and the Indian sub-continent. Consequently, the elimination of quotas has resulted in a reduction in our western hemisphere sourcing and manufacturing activities and an increase in our sourcing and manufacturing activities in Asia and the Indian sub-continent. The trend away from western hemisphere sourcing and manufacturing may be slowed to some extent by various current and proposed free trade agreements and trade preference programs, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and Drug Eradication Act.
     Furthermore, under long-standing statutory authority applicable to imported goods in general, the United States may unilaterally impose additional duties: 
    when imported merchandise is sold at less than fair value and causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as “anti-dumping” duties); or
 
    when foreign producers receive certain types of governmental subsidies, and when the importation of their subsidized goods causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as “countervailing” duties).
     The imposition of anti-dumping or countervailing duties on products we import would increase the cost of those products to us.
     We believe that by selecting the locations where we produce or source our products based in part on trade regulations, we are effective and will continue to be effective in using various trade preference agreements and legislation to our competitive advantage. However, the elimination of, or other changes to, certain free-trade treatment or our inability to qualify for such free-trade benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold.
     We believe that with respect to most of our production, we will continue to be able to source from the most competitive countries because of the flexibility of our sourcing base. This flexibility primarily arises because, while we have long-term relationships with many of our contract manufacturers, we do not have long-term contractual commitments to them and are able to move our production to alternative locations if competitive market forces so dictate. The relative ease with which we can exit our contract manufacturing facilities, if necessary, provides us with the ability to shift our production relatively quickly as different countries become more competitive as a source for manufacturing due to changes in the trade regulation environment or other changes. However, if we cannot shift our production in a timely manner or cannot find alternative sourcing at comparable prices, our cost of goods sold may increase. We may not be able to pass on any such cost increase to our customers.
     Apparel and other products sold by us are also subject to regulation in the U.S. and other countries by other governmental agencies, including, in the U.S., the Federal Trade Commission, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the Consumer Products Safety Commission. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements and flammability testing. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with those regulations, as well as applicable federal, state, local, and foreign rules and regulations governing the discharge of materials hazardous to the environment. We do not estimate any significant capital expenditures for environmental control matters either in the current year or in the near future. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
     Important factors relating to risks associated with trade regulation include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

17


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES
     As of February 2, 2008, we employed approximately 4,600 persons, of whom approximately 70% were employed in the United States. Approximately 48% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
     Our Internet address is www.oxfordinc.com. Under “Investor Info” on the home page of our website, we have provided a link to the SEC’s website where, among other things, our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available once we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Additionally, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as the charters of our Audit Committee and Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of our board of directors, are available under “Corporate Governance” on the home page of our website. Copies of these documents will be provided to any shareholder who requests a copy in writing.
     In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our reports and other filings made with the SEC. Requests should be directed to our principal executive offices at:
Investor Relations Department
Oxford Industries, Inc.
222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30308
info@oxfordinc.com
(404) 659-2424
     The information on the website listed above is not and should not be considered part of this Transition Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
     Our business faces certain risks, many of which are outside our control. The following factors, as well as factors described elsewhere in this report or in our other filings with the SEC, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or operating results, should be carefully considered in evaluating our company and the forward-looking statements contained in this report or future reports. The risks described below are not the only risks facing our company. If any of the following risks, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could suffer.
The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic cycles, which could adversely affect our sales, increase our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our current business practices.
     The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Overall economic conditions that affect discretionary consumer spending include, but are not limited to, employment levels, recession, energy costs, interest rates, tax rates, personal debt levels, the recent housing slump in the U.S. and stock market volatility. Uncertainty about the future may also impact the level of discretionary consumer spending or result in shifts in consumer spending to products other than apparel. Any deterioration in general economic or political conditions, acts of war or terrorism or other factors that create uncertainty or alter the discretionary consumer habits in our key markets, particularly the United States and the United Kingdom, could reduce our sales, increase our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our current business practices, and consequently harm our results of operations.
     In particular, the significant decline in economic growth, both in the U.S. and globally, during our eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 has led to a U.S. economy bordering on recession. As an apparel design, sourcing and marketing company, we are vulnerable to negative consequences arising from this overall economic

18


Table of Contents

weakness, and the apparel industry, which is dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, tends to experience longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. If the current economic climate does not improve in the near future, our sales and profitability are likely to be adversely affected. These and other events that impact our operating results could also result in adverse consequences to our business, such as our failure to satisfy financial covenants under our debt instruments or our inability to continue to meet minimum sales thresholds to certain of our licensors.
The apparel industry is highly competitive and we face significant competitive threats to our business from various third parties that could reduce our sales, increase our costs, result in reduced price points for our products and/or result in decreased margins.
     The apparel industry is highly competitive. Our competitors include numerous apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors, and retailers, some of which may also be our customers. The level and nature of our competition varies and the number of our direct competitors and the intensity of competition may increase as we expand into other markets or as other companies expand into our markets. Some of our competitors may be able to adapt to changes in consumer demand more quickly, devote greater resources to establishing brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can. In addition, with respect to certain of our businesses, retailers that are our customers may pose a significant competitive threat by sourcing their products directly or marketing their own private label brands. These competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.
The apparel industry is subject to rapidly evolving fashion trends, and we must continuously offer innovative and market appropriate products to maintain and grow our existing businesses. Failure to offer innovative and market appropriate products may adversely affect our sales and lead to excess inventory, markdowns and/or dilution of our brands.
     We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are design, brand image, consumer preference, price, quality, marketing and customer service. Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry in general is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Accordingly, we must anticipate, identify and capitalize upon emerging, as well as proven, fashion trends. We believe that our success depends on our ability to continuously develop, source, market and deliver a wide variety of innovative, fashionable and salable brands and products. These products must be offered at appropriate price points in the respective distribution channels. Sales growth from our brands will depend largely upon our ability to continue to maintain and enhance the distinctive brand identities.
     Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumers’ preferences, fashion trends and changes in consumer demographics. As is typical with new products, market acceptance of new price points, designs and products is subject to uncertainty. Similar risks of consumer acceptance are applicable to a repositioning of a brand, as is currently occurring with our Ben Sherman brand in the United Kingdom. In addition, the introduction or repositioning of new lines and products often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the products are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop appealing products and update core products could result in lower sales and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our products. Additionally, such a failure could leave us with a substantial amount of unsold excess inventory, which we may be forced to sell at lower price points. Any of these factors could result in the deterioration in the appeal of our brands and products, adversely affecting our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
     Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies which may have greater financial resources. In addition, we will need to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within

19


Table of Contents

our organization. As we previously announced, one of the founders of Tommy Bahama who is its current chief executive officer will be retiring effective June 1, 2008.
     The unexpected loss of J. Hicks Lanier, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or any of our other senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of the new chief executive officer of Tommy Bahama within our organization, could materially adversely affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
We depend on a group of key customers for a significant portion of our sales. A significant adverse change in a customer relationship or in a customer’s financial position could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
     We generate a significant percentage of our sales from a few major customers. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 45% of our total net sales. In addition, the net sales of our individual operating groups may be concentrated among several large customers. Continued consolidation in the retail industry could result in a decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, potentially resulting in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
     We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more major customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.
     In addition, due to long product lead times, several of our product lines are designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for fabric and production in connection with these lines. These commitments can be made up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our fabric and production commitments and dispose of excess inventories.
     We also extend credit to several of our key customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. During the past several years, various companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, have experienced significant changes and difficulties, including restructurings, bankruptcies and liquidations. If one or more of our key customers experiences significant problems in the future, including as a result of general weakness in the apparel industry, our sales may be reduced and the risk of extending credit to these customers may increase. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer. These or other events related to our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our net sales and profitability.
Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure in our information technology systems may impair our ability to compete effectively in the apparel industry, including our ability to provide services to our customers and meet the needs of management.
     The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations from design to distribution and as a method of communication with our customers and suppliers as well as our domestic and foreign employees. Additionally, certain of our operating groups utilize e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or

20


Table of Contents

maintain our systems and e-commerce websites. In connection with our periodic assessment of the appropriateness and relevance of our financial and operational systems, we have commenced implementation of a new integrated financial system in fiscal 2008. Additionally, future assessments could result in a change to or replacement of our systems in the future. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in developing or acquiring competitive systems, including an integrated financial system, which are responsive to our needs and the needs of our customers. Any interruption, or other failure, of critical business information systems, including an interruption or failure caused by our inability to successfully upgrade or change our financial or operational systems, could cause difficulties in operating our business and communicating with our customers, or our ability to report our financial results, which could cause our sales and profits to decrease.
Our concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.
     Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida, California, Hawaii, Arizona and Nevada, for our Tommy Bahama retail stores and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores. Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for the brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.
We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.
     Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in acquisitions and working capital and divestitures. As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately $72.9 million outstanding under our U.S. revolving credit facility which matures in July 2009 and $200 million of senior unsecured notes. Our debt levels may increase in the future under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements in the future may change, which may increase our exposure to the items discussed below.
     Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain financial covenants and certain other limitations related to additional debt, dividend payments, investments and dispositions of assets. Our ability to satisfy these obligations will be dependent upon our business, financial condition and operating results. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.
     As indebtedness matures, we will be required to extend or refinance such indebtedness, sell assets to repay the indebtedness or raise equity to fund the repayment of the indebtedness. Additionally, a breach of the covenants relating to our indebtedness could result in an event of default under those instruments, in some instances allowing the holders of that indebtedness to declare all outstanding indebtedness immediately due and payable. At maturity or in the event of an acceleration of payment obligations, we would likely be unable to pay our outstanding indebtedness with our cash and cash equivalents then on hand. We would, therefore, be required to seek alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, terms as favorable as our current agreements or at all, or face bankruptcy. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or find alternative means of financing our operations, we may be required to curtail our operations or take other actions that are inconsistent with our current business practices or strategy.
     We have interest rate risk on a portion of our indebtedness, as certain of our indebtedness is based on variable interest rates. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk. An increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

21


Table of Contents

We are dependent upon the availability of raw materials and the ability of our third party producers, substantially all of whom are located in foreign countries, to meet our requirements; any failures by these producers to meet our requirements, or the unavailability of suitable producers or raw materials at reasonable prices may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.
     We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive third party producers located in foreign countries. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term contracts, but instead typically conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend upon the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.
     Most of the products we purchase from third party producers are package purchases, and we and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. The price and availability of certain raw materials has in the past fluctuated, and may in the future fluctuate depending on a variety of factors, including crop yields, weather, supply conditions, government regulation, war, terrorism, labor unrest, global health concerns, economic climate, the cost of petroleum and other, unpredictable factors. Additionally, costs of our third party providers or our transportation costs may increase due to these same factors. We have not historically entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices. Any significant increase in the price of raw materials or decrease in the availability of raw materials could cause delays in product deliveries to our customers, which could have an adverse impact on our customer relationships, and/or increase our costs, some or all of which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
     We also require third party producers to meet certain standards in terms of working conditions, environmental protection and other matters before placing business with them. As a result of higher costs relating to compliance with these standards, we may pay higher prices than some of our competitors for products. In addition, the labor and business practices of independent apparel manufacturers have received increased attention from the media,
     non-governmental organizations, consumers and governmental agencies in recent years. Failure by us or our independent manufacturers to adhere to labor or other laws or business practices accepted as ethical in our key markets, and the potential litigation, negative publicity and political pressure relating to any of these events, could disrupt our operations or harm our reputation.
Since we source substantially all of our products from third party producers located in foreign countries, our business is subject to legal, regulatory, political and economic risks, including risks relating to the importation of our products, and our products may become less competitive as a result of adverse changes affecting our international operations.
     As we source substantially all of our products from foreign countries, including approximately 45% of our product purchases from China during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate.
     Some of the risks associated with importing our products from foreign countries include quotas imposed by countries in which our products are manufactured or countries into which our products are imported, which limit the amount and type of goods that may be imported annually from or into these countries; changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes or other charges and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such charges; significant fluctuations in the cost of raw materials; significant delays

22


Table of Contents

in the delivery of our products due to security considerations; rapid fluctuations in sourcing costs, including costs for raw materials and labor, including as a result of the elimination of quota on apparel products; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duty proceedings resulting in the potential assessment of special antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries.
     We currently benefit from duty-free treatment under international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and Drug Eradication Act. The elimination of such treatment or our inability to qualify for such benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold. In addition, China has agreed to safeguard quota on certain classes of apparel products through 2008 as a result of a surge in exports to the United States; however, political pressure will likely continue for restraint on the importation of apparel products in the future.
     Our or any of our suppliers’ failure to comply with customs or similar laws could restrict our ability to import products or lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity, and future regulatory actions or trade agreements may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or materially increase our costs.
The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.
     One component of our business strategy is the acquisition of new businesses or product lines as and when appropriate investment opportunities are available. Our sales growth may be limited if we are unable to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future, if we are unsuccessful in integrating any acquired businesses in a timely manner or if the acquisitions do not achieve the anticipated results. Evaluating and completing acquisitions in the future may strain our administrative, operational and financial resources and distract our management from our other businesses.
     In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming, and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create a number of challenges and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
     As a result of acquisitions that have occurred or may occur in the future, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed to discover in the course of performing due diligence in connection with the acquired businesses. We cannot be assured that any indemnification to which we may be entitled from the sellers will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business acquired.
Divestitures of certain businesses or discontinuations of certain product lines may require us to find alternative uses for our resources.
     We may determine in the near future that it is appropriate to divest or discontinue certain operations as we did in fiscal 2006 when we divested our Womenswear Group operations and as we have more recently in exiting certain product categories in our Oxford Apparel Group. Divestitures of certain businesses that do not align with the strategy of our company as a whole or the discontinuation of certain product lines which may not provide the returns that we expect or desire may result in under-utilization of our resources in the event that the operations are not replaced with new lines of business either internally or through acquisition. There can be no guarantee that if we divest certain businesses or discontinue certain product lines that we will be able to replace the sales and profits related to these businesses or appropriately utilize our remaining resources, which may result in a decline in our operating results.

23


Table of Contents

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property or may otherwise have our brand names harmed.
     We believe that our registered and common law trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as other contractual arrangements including licenses and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. Approximately 62% of our net sales in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.
     Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. Although we have not been materially inhibited from selling products in connection with trademark disputes, as we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our marketing, we could become subject to litigation based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our management and other resources.
Our success depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed brand names, including, in particular, Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, and actions by our wholesale customers or others who have interests in our brands could diminish the reputation or value of our brands and materially adversely affect our business operations.
     The success of our business depends on the reputation and value of our owned and licensed brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by our wholesale customers or others who have interests in the brands. Because we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties who have an interest in our brands, actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affects the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have a material adverse effect on our sales and business operations.
We rely on our licensing partners to preserve the value of our brands and as a source of royalty income.
     Certain of our brands, such as Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, have a reputation of outstanding quality and name recognition, which make the brands valuable as a source of royalty income. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we recognized approximately $16.1 million of royalty income. While we take significant steps to ensure the reputation of our brands is maintained through our license agreements, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee may not only result in a decrease in the sales of our licensee’s products but also could significantly impact the perception of our brands. If the licensees’ products are not acceptable to consumers, if the licensee’s actions are detrimental to our brands or if we do not add new license agreements, our net sales, royalty income and reputation could be negatively impacted.
Our sales and operating results are influenced by weather patterns and natural disasters.
     Like other companies in the apparel industry, our sales volume may be adversely affected by unseasonable weather conditions or natural disasters, which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business and the concentration of a significant proportion of our customers in certain geographic regions, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our foreign sourcing operations as well as the sale of products in foreign markets result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
     As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially all of our orders to have goods produced in foreign countries are denominated in U.S. dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, either of which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by any competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business

24


Table of Contents

of our independent manufacturers that produce our products by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.
     We received U.S. dollars for greater than 85% of our product sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of earnings, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to our exposure to foreign currency risk except that, on occasion, we do purchase foreign currency forward exchange contracts for our goods purchased on U.S. dollar terms that are expected to be sold in the United Kingdom and Europe.
We are dependent on a limited number of distribution centers, making our operations particularly susceptible to disruption.
     Our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our primary distribution facilities, some of which are owned and others of which are operated by third parties. Finished garments from our contractors are inspected and stored at these distribution facilities. If any of these distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products during the time it takes to reopen or replace the facility. This could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.
We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.
     We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene to market our products. Approximately 13% of our net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 related to the products for which we license the use of the trademark for specific product categories. These license and design agreements will expire at various dates in the future. Although we believe our relationships with our principal licensors are generally favorable, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other popular trademarks. If any one or more of these licenses expires or is terminated, we will lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license.
     In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met due to a general economic downturn or otherwise, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

25


Table of Contents

We may not be successful in operating existing retail stores and restaurants or in opening new retail stores and restaurants.
     An integral part of our strategy is to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our brands. Net sales from retail stores and restaurants were approximately 25% of our consolidated net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008. In addition to the general risks associated with the apparel industry, risks associated with our retail and restaurant operations include our ability to find and select appropriate locations. Other risks include our ability to negotiate acceptable lease terms; build-out the facilities; source sufficient levels of consumer desirable inventory; hire, train and retain competent personnel; abide by applicable labor laws; and apply appropriate pricing strategies. Retail stores and restaurants involve a significant capital investment and incur significant fixed operating expenditures, including obligations under long-term leases. As our retail operations grow and become a larger part of our overall business our exposure related to the fixed operating costs and long-term obligations grows as well. These risks include the inability to react quickly to changing economic conditions, consumer preferences, demographic changes and other variables. We cannot be sure that our current locations will be profitable or that we can successfully complete our planned expansion. In addition, as we expand the number of our retail stores, we run the risk that our wholesale customers will perceive that we are increasingly competing directly with them, which may lead them to reduce or terminate purchases of our products.
Our restaurant operations may be negatively impacted by regulatory issues or by health, safety, labor and similar operational issues, or by publicity surrounding any of these issues.
     The restaurant industry is highly competitive and requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, our Tommy Bahama restaurants typically serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. Regardless of whether allegations related to these matters are valid or whether we become liable, we may be materially and adversely affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to one restaurant may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.
We operate in various countries with differing laws and regulations, which may impair our ability to maintain compliance with regulations and laws.
     Although we attempt to abide by the laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate, the complexity of the laws and regulations to which we are subject, including customs regulations, labor laws, competition laws, consumer protection laws and domestic and international tax legislation, makes it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently, or will be in the future, compliant with all laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business.
Compliance with privacy and information laws and requirements could be costly, and a breach of information security or privacy could adversely affect our business.
 
      The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of our customers, employees and others is complex.  Privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them may require us to incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes.  If a data security breach occurs, our reputation could be damaged and we could experience lost sales, fines, or lawsuits.
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments
     None.

26


Table of Contents

Item 2.  Properties
     We believe that our existing facilities are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations. Our administrative and sales functions are conducted in approximately 0.5 million square feet of owned and leased space in various locations including the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, China, Singapore and Hong Kong. We utilize approximately 1.6 million square feet of owned and leased facilities in the United States, Germany and Mexico in conducting our distribution and manufacturing functions. We also operate retail stores and restaurants in approximately 0.4 million square feet of leased space located in the United States and the United Kingdom. Each retail store and restaurant is less than 15,000 square feet. We do not believe that we are dependent on any individual retail or restaurant location for our business operations. These retail stores and restaurants are operated by Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman and are described in more detail in Item 1 of this report. We anticipate that we will be able to extend our leases to the extent that they expire in the near future on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms.
     Details of our principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities, including approximate square footage, are as follows:
                         
        Operating   Square   Lease
Location   Primary Use   Group   Footage   Expiration
Atlanta, Georgia
  Sales/administration   Corporate & Lanier Clothes     70,000     Owned
Seattle, Washington
  Sales/administration   Tommy Bahama     80,000       2015
Lyons, Georgia
  Sales/administration   Oxford Apparel     90,000     Owned
London, England
  Sales/administration   Ben Sherman     20,000       2013
Lurgan, Northern Ireland
  Sales/administration   Ben Sherman     10,000     Owned
New York, New York
  Sales/administration   Various     100,000     Various
Hong Kong
  Sales/administration   Oxford Apparel & Tommy Bahama     30,000     Various
Auburn, Washington
  Distribution center   Tommy Bahama     260,000       2015
Lyons, Georgia
  Distribution center   Oxford Apparel     330,000     Owned
Toccoa, Georgia
  Distribution center   Lanier Clothes     310,000     Owned
Greenville, Georgia
  Distribution center   Lanier Clothes     120,000     Owned
Merida, Mexico
  Manufacturing plant   Lanier Clothes     80,000     Owned
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings
     From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any litigation or regulatory actions that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
     None.
PART II
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market and Dividend Information
     Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “OXM.” As of March 21, 2008, there were 464 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our board of directors for each quarter.

27


Table of Contents

                                 
    High   Low   Close   Dividends
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
                               
Fourth Quarter (1)
    N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Third Quarter (2)
  $ 27.96     $ 19.77     $ 23.22     $ 0.18  
Second Quarter
  $ 38.40     $ 22.48     $ 24.77     $ 0.18  
First Quarter
  $ 46.34     $ 35.18     $ 36.22     $ 0.18  
Fiscal 2007
                               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 50.86     $ 43.99     $ 45.98     $ 0.18  
Third Quarter
  $ 52.05     $ 42.17     $ 47.28     $ 0.18  
Second Quarter
  $ 53.98     $ 40.13     $ 50.55     $ 0.15  
First Quarter
  $ 42.10     $ 34.34     $ 41.51     $ 0.15  
Fiscal 2006
                               
Fourth Quarter
  $ 52.74     $ 38.01     $ 41.77     $ 0.15  
Third Quarter
  $ 57.58     $ 42.00     $ 46.18     $ 0.15  
Second Quarter
  $ 56.99     $ 40.87     $ 55.84     $ 0.135  
First Quarter
  $ 51.68     $ 41.01     $ 44.86     $ 0.135  
 
(1)   There is no fourth quarter for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 due to the change in our fiscal year-end.
 
(2)   The third quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 represents the two month period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008.
     The dividend declared during the third quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 of $0.18 per share was payable on February 29, 2008 to shareholders of record as of February 15, 2008. Additionally, on March 27, 2008 our board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.18 per share payable on May 30, 2008 to shareholders of record on May 15, 2008, which will be the 192nd consecutive quarterly dividend we have paid since we became a public company in July 1960.
     For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
     We did not sell any unregistered securities during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases
     We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover the employee tax liabilities related to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of previously restricted shares. All shares repurchased during the period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008, which are included in the table below, were purchased pursuant to these stock incentive plans.

28


Table of Contents

                                 
                    Total Number of    
                    Shares   Maximum
                    Purchased as   Number of Shares
            Average   Part of Publicly   That May Yet be
    Total Number   Price   Announced   Purchased Under
    of Shares   Paid per   Plans or   the Plans or
Fiscal Month   Purchased   Share   Programs   Programs (1)
 
December (12/1/07-12/28/07)
    583     $ 24.42              
January (12/29/07-2/2/08)
    867     $ 20.88              
                     
Total
    1,450     $ 22.30             (1 )
                     
 
(1)   On October 31, 2007, our board of directors authorized the repurchase by us of up to $60 million of our outstanding common stock, replacing our previously announced stock repurchase authorization. We acquired 1.9 million shares of our stock during the second quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 pursuant to a $60 million capped accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A, which was publicly announced on November 8, 2007. The material terms of the agreement are described under the caption “Overview” in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which description is incorporated into this Item 5 by reference. At the end of the repurchase program, which is expected to occur no later than May 19, 2008, Bank of America may be required to deliver additional shares to us if the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, over the specified calculation period, beginning on November 20, 2007 and ending concurrently with the end of the repurchase program, is less than $30.95556. Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required to reissue any of the acquired shares to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share repurchase agreement.
Stock Price Performance Graph
     The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years and eight months beginning May 31, 2002 and ending February 2, 2008 of:
    The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and
 
    The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.
     The performance graph assumes an initial investment of $100 and reinvestment of dividends.
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)

 


Table of Contents

INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ending
                                                         
    Base                        
    Period                        
Company / Index   5/31/02   5/30/03   5/28/04   6/3/05   6/2/06   6/1/07   2/2/08
Oxford Industries, Inc.
  $ 100     $ 153.32     $ 280.62     $ 322.39     $ 326.51     $ 364.62     $ 186.20  
S&P SmallCap 600 Index
    100       89.12       117.17       136.79       162.83       188.55       164.68  
S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods
    100       78.50       94.52       117.52       118.76       170.55       115.62  
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
     Our selected financial data below reflects the impact of our fiscal 2004 acquisition of Tommy Bahama and our fiscal 2005 acquisition of Ben Sherman. In addition, the selected financial data below reflects the divestiture of substantially all of the assets of our Womenswear Group operations in fiscal 2006, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.
                                                                 
            Eight Month                                      
    Twelve     Transition     Eight                                
    Months     Period     Months                                
    Ended     Ended     Ended                                
    February 2,     February 2,     February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2008     2007     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)                                          
    (In millions, except per share amounts)  
Net sales
  $ 1,085.3     $ 695.8     $ 739.5     $ 1,128.9     $ 1,109.1     $ 1,056.8     $ 818.7     $ 455.8  
Cost of goods sold
    647.4       420.0       453.8       681.1       677.4       653.5       515.5       339.9  
 
                                               
Gross profit
    437.8       275.8       285.7       447.8       431.7       403.2       303.2       115.9  
Selling, general and administrative
    366.0       244.0       235.0       357.0       339.1       314.4       228.3       100.0  
Amortization of intangible assets
    5.4       3.2       4.2       6.4       7.6       8.6       6.7        
Royalties and other operating income
    19.3       12.5       9.6       16.5       13.1       12.1       5.1        
 
                                               
Operating income
    85.7       41.0       56.2       100.8       98.1       92.3       73.4       15.9  
Interest expense, net
    22.4       15.3       15.2       22.2       24.0       26.1       23.5       1.8  
 
                                               
Earnings before income taxes
    63.3       25.7       41.0       78.6       74.1       66.1       49.8       14.1  
Income taxes
    17.9       6.5       14.9       26.3       22.9       22.2       18.4       5.8  
 
                                               
Net earnings from continuing operations
    45.4       19.2       26.1       52.3       51.2       44.0       31.5       8.3  
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    0.0       0.0       (0.2 )     (0.2 )     19.3       5.9       8.3       12.0  
 
                                               
Net earnings
  $ 45.4     $ 19.2     $ 25.9     $ 52.1     $ 70.5     $ 49.8     $ 39.7     $ 20.3  
 
                                               
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share
  $ 2.59     $ 1.11     $ 1.47     $ 2.93     $ 2.88     $ 2.53     $ 1.88     $ 0.55  
Diluted earnings (loss) from discontinued operations per common share
  $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 1.08     $ 0.34     $ 0.49     $ 0.79  
 
                                               
Diluted net earnings per common share
  $ 2.59     $ 1.11     $ 1.46     $ 2.92     $ 3.96     $ 2.87     $ 2.38     $ 1.34  

30


Table of Contents

                                                                 
            Eight Month                                      
    Twelve     Transition     Eight                                
    Months     Period     Months                                
    Ended     Ended     Ended                                
    February 2,     February 2,     February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2008     2007     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)                                          
    (In millions, except per share amounts)  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    17.6       17.4       17.8       17.9       17.8       17.4       16.7       15.1  
Dividends declared
  $ 12.6     $ 9.3     $ 8.5     $ 11.7     $ 9.9     $ 8.5     $ 7.3     $ 6.3  
Dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.72     $ 0.54     $ 0.48     $ 0.66     $ 0.57     $ 0.51     $ 0.45     $ 0.42  
Total assets related to continuing operations, at year-end
  $ 910.3     $ 910.3     $ 875.1     $ 908.7     $ 826.4     $ 826.3     $ 599.0     $ 408.2  
Total assets, at year-end
  $ 910.3     $ 910.3     $ 875.1     $ 908.7     $ 885.6     $ 905.9     $ 694.8     $ 494.4  
Long-term debt, less current maturities, at year-end
  $ 234.4     $ 234.4     $ 199.2     $ 199.3     $ 200.0     $ 289.1     $ 198.8     $ 198.6  
Shareholders’ equity, at year-end
  $ 407.5     $ 407.5     $ 425.3     $ 454.1     $ 398.7     $ 303.5     $ 239.0     $ 189.4  
Capital expenditures
  $ 33.7     $ 21.1     $ 18.7     $ 31.3     $ 25.0     $ 23.4     $ 14.1     $ 2.0  
Depreciation and amortization included in continuing operations
  $ 24.4     $ 16.0     $ 14.8     $ 23.1     $ 22.7     $ 21.9     $ 18.0     $ 5.0  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
  $ 2.5     $ 1.7     $ 1.7     $ 2.5     $ 2.5     $ 4.4     $ 2.7     $  
Book value per share at year-end
  $ 25.39     $ 25.39     $ 23.89     $ 25.45     $ 22.59     $ 17.97     $ 14.74     $ 12.59  
Return (net earnings from continuing operations) on average shareholders’ equity (1)
    10.9 %     6.7 %     9.5 %     12.2 %     14.6 %     16.2 %     14.7 %     4.6 %
Return (net earnings from continuing operations) on average total assets related to continuing operations (1)
    5.1 %     3.2 %     4.5 %     5.8 %     6.2 %     6.2 %     6.2 %     2.9 %
 
(1)   Returns for eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and eight months ended February 2, 2007 are annualized.
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
     The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.
OVERVIEW
     We generate revenues and cash flow through the design, sale, production and distribution of branded and private label consumer apparel and footwear for men, women and children and the licensing of company-owned trademarks. Our principal markets and customers are located primarily in the United States and, to a lesser extent, the United Kingdom. We source substantially all of our products through third party producers in foreign countries. We primarily distribute our products through our wholesale customers, which include chain stores, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers, mass merchants and Internet retailers. We also sell products of certain of our owned brands through our own retail stores and e-commerce websites.
     We operate in an industry that is highly competitive. We believe our ability to continuously evaluate and respond to changing consumer demands and tastes across multiple market segments, distribution channels and geographic regions is critical to our success. Although our approach is aimed at diversifying our risks, misjudging shifts in

31


Table of Contents

consumer preferences could have a negative effect on our future operating results. Other key aspects of competition include brand image, quality, distribution method, price, customer service and intellectual property protection. We believe our size and global operating strategies help us to compete successfully by providing opportunities for operating synergies. Our success in the future will depend on our ability to continue to design products that are acceptable to the markets we serve and to source our products on a competitive basis while still earning appropriate margins.
     We are executing a strategy to move towards a business model that is more focused on brands owned or controlled by us. Our decision to follow this strategy is driven in part by the continued consolidation in the retail industry and the increasing concentration of apparel manufacturing in a relatively limited number of offshore markets, trends which make the private label business increasingly more competitively challenging. Significant steps in our execution of this strategy include:
    our June 2003 acquisition of the Tommy Bahama® brand and operations;
 
    our July 2004 acquisition of the Ben Sherman® brand and operations;
 
    the divestiture of our private label Womenswear Group operations in June 2006;
 
    the closure of certain of our manufacturing facilities located in Latin America and the associated shifts in our Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel operating groups towards package purchases from third party manufacturers primarily in the Far East;
 
    our refocus on key product categories and exit of certain underperforming lines of business, particularly in our Oxford Apparel operating group, in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008;
 
    the acquisition of several other trademarks and related operations including Solitude® and Arnold Brant®;
 
    the acquisition of a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway® trademark in the United States and several other countries; and
 
    continued investment in Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman by expanding the number of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores each year.
     In the future, we will continue to look for opportunities by which we can make further progress with this strategy, including through organic growth in our owned brands, the acquisition of additional brands, and further streamlining or disposing of portions of our business that do not have the potential to meet our criteria for return on capital.
     The eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 was a very challenging time for the retail and apparel industry as a result of the general economic conditions that existed during this period. These conditions impacted each of our operating groups during this period and we expect that these challenging economic conditions will continue in fiscal 2008. Therefore, we have planned inventory purchases conservatively, which will limit our sales growth opportunities for fiscal 2008. This strategy, however, will also mitigate inventory markdown risk and promotional pressures. At the same time we continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands through store openings and new marketing initiatives and focus our Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel businesses on key product categories.
     Diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share was $1.11 in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and $1.47 in the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The most significant factors impacting our results during these periods are discussed by operating group below:
    Tommy Bahama experienced a $5.7 million, or 13.0%, decrease in operating income during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in operating income from the prior period was primarily due to lower net sales resulting from the difficult retail environment in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 at our own retail stores and our customers’ stores, particularly in Florida, California, Nevada and Arizona, and higher selling, general and administrative expenses due to the additional retail stores and recently launched Tommy Bahama e-commerce website.
 
    Ben Sherman experienced a $0.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in operating income during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The net increase was primarily due to the increased retail sales, increased sales in our international markets

32


Table of Contents

      outside of the United Kingdom and United States and higher royalty income, partially offset by a decline in sales in our Ben Sherman wholesale business.
 
    Lanier Clothes experienced a $4.4 million, or 93.3%, decrease in operating income during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period was primarily due to lower net sales and gross margins caused by weak demand in the moderate tailored clothing market, particularly in the chain and department store channels of distribution.
 
    Oxford Apparel experienced a $2.1 million, or 15.1%, decrease in operating income during the eight month transition period compared to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 was primarily due to a $38.6 million decrease in net sales as we focused on key product categories and exited certain underperforming lines of business. We also incurred charges in this operating group totaling $1.2 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 related to the disposal of our Tegucigalpa, Honduras manufacturing facility. These items were partially offset by a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
    Corporate and Other experienced a $3.1 million, or 29.9%, increase in expenses in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compare to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. This increase was primarily due to the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments, the discontinuation of transition services fees received following the disposition of our Womenswear business and the closure of our internal trucking operation.
 
    Our effective tax rate was 25.2% and 36.3% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and in the eight months ended February 2, 2007, respectively. The decrease in our effective tax rate was a result of (1) the impact on our deferred tax balances as a result of a change in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, (2) the change in our assertion regarding our initial investment in a foreign subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 (May 2007) and (3) the impact of the short fiscal year (due to the change in our fiscal year end) on our estimated taxable income.
     On November 8, 2007, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we will repurchase $60 million of our common stock. The following describes the material terms of the share repurchase agreement and certain related events:
    The agreement provides for a capped accelerated share repurchase pursuant to which we will purchase shares of our common stock from Bank of America for an aggregate purchase price of $60 million.
 
    On November 8, 2007, we made a payment of $60 million to Bank of America in respect of the shares to be acquired under the agreement. We funded this payment from borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
    Bank of America made an initial delivery to us of 1.9 million shares of our common stock during November 2007.
 
    The actual per share purchase price and the number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of our common stock over a specified calculation period, beginning on November 20, 2007 and ending no later than May 19, 2008. The purchase price we will pay under the agreement will not exceed $30.95556 per share.
 
    At the end of the repurchase program, Bank of America will be required to deliver additional shares if the VWAP over the specified calculation period is below $30.95556.
 
    The agreement contains other terms and conditions governing the accelerated stock repurchase, including the circumstances under which Bank of America is permitted to terminate the program early or extend the repurchase period and the circumstances under which we may be required to purchase shares at a price in excess of the cap price or would receive shares representing less than $60 million of the VWAP for our common stock during the calculation period.

33


Table of Contents

     Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required to reissue any of the acquired shares to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share repurchase agreement. At this time, the maximum number of shares that may yet be acquired under the accelerated share repurchase program is not determinable.
     During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, the accelerated share repurchase program did not have a material impact on our earnings per share. If the average VWAP over the term of the repurchase program approximates the average VWAP through March 28, 2008, we anticipate receiving more than 0.6 million additional shares at the end of the repurchase program.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     The following tables set forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of earnings both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. The tables also set forth the percentage change of the data as compared to the same period in the prior year. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earnings may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earnings classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
                                 
            Eight Month              
    Twelve Months     Transition Period     Eight Months     % Change  
    Ended February 2,     Ended February 2,     Ended February 2,     Between Eight  
    2008     2008     2007     Month Periods  
    (Unaudited)             (Unaudited)          
Net sales
  $ 1,085,261     $ 695,798     $ 739,489       (5.9 )%
Cost of goods sold
    647,415       420,038       453,794       (7.4 )%
 
                       
Gross profit
    437,846       275,760       285,695       (3.5 )%
Selling, general and administrative
    366,032       244,033       234,951       3.9 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    5,434       3,184       4,198       (24.2 )%
Royalties and other operating income
    19,280       12,451       9,637       29.2 %
 
                       
Operating income
    85,660       40,994       56,183       (27.0 )%
Interest expense, net
    22,351       15,302       15,169       0.9 %
 
                       
Earnings before income taxes
    63,309       25,692       41,014       (37.4 )%
Income taxes
    17,899       6,477       14,892       (56.5 )%
 
                       
Net earnings from continuing operations
    45,410       19,215       26,122       (26.4 )%
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                (183 )     (100.0 )
 
                       
Net earnings
  $ 45,410     $ 19,215     $ 25,939       (25.9 )%
 
                       

34


Table of Contents

                         
    % of Net Sales
            Eight Month    
    Twelve   Transition   Eight Months
    Months Ended   Period Ended   Ended
    February 2,   February 2,   February 2,
    2008   2008   2007
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    59.7 %     60.4 %     61.4 %
 
                       
Gross profit
    40.3 %     39.6 %     38.6 %
Selling, general and administrative
    33.7 %     35.1 %     31.8 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.5 %     0.5 %     0.6 %
Royalties and other operating income
    1.8 %     1.8 %     1.3 %
 
                       
Operating income
    7.9 %     5.9 %     7.6 %
Interest expense, net
    2.1 %     2.2 %     2.1 %
 
                       
Earnings before income taxes
    5.8 %     3.7 %     5.5 %
Income taxes
    1.6 %     0.9 %     2.0 %
 
                       
Net earnings from continuing operations
    4.2 %     2.8 %     3.5 %
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
                       
Net earnings
    4.2 %     2.8 %     3.5 %
 
                       
                                         
    Fiscal Year   % Change
    2007   2006   2005 (1)   ’06-’07   ’05-’06
Net sales
  $ 1,128,907     $ 1,109,116     $ 1,056,787       1.8 %     5.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    681,147       677,429       653,538       0.5 %     3.7 %
 
                                       
Gross profit
    447,760       431,687       403,249       3.7 %     7.1 %
Selling, general and administrative
    356,970       339,073       314,413       5.3 %     7.8 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    6,405       7,642       8,622       (16.2 )%     (11.4 )%
Royalties and other operating income
    16,462       13,144       12,060       25.2 %     9.0 %
 
                                       
Operating income
    100,847       98,116       92,274       2.8 %     6.3 %
Interest expense, net
    22,214       23,971       26,146       (7.3 )%     (8.3 )%
 
                                       
Earnings before income taxes
    78,633       74,145       66,128       6.1 %     12.1 %
Income taxes
    26,313       22,944       22,177       14.7 %     3.5 %
 
                                       
Net earnings from continuing operations
    52,320       51,201       43,951       2.2 %     16.5 %
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (183 )     19,270       5,876     NM     227.9 %
 
                                       
Net earnings
  $ 52,137     $ 70,471     $ 49,827       (26.0 )%     41.4 %
 
                                       
 
(1)   The results of operations of Ben Sherman are included in our consolidated statements of earnings from the date of acquisition on July 30, 2004.

35


Table of Contents

                         
    % of Net Sales
    Fiscal Year
    2007   2006   2005
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
    60.3 %     61.1 %     61.8 %
 
                       
Gross profit
    39.7 %     38.9 %     38.2 %
Selling, general and administrative
    31.6 %     30.6 %     29.8 %
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.6 %     0.7 %     0.8 %
Royalties and other operating income
    1.5 %     1.2 %     1.1 %
 
                       
Operating income
    8.9 %     8.8 %     8.7 %
Interest expense, net
    2.0 %     2.2 %     2.5 %
 
                       
Earnings before income taxes
    7.0 %     6.7 %     6.3 %
Income taxes
    2.3 %     2.1 %     2.1 %
 
                       
Net earnings from continuing operations
    4.6 %     4.6 %     4.2 %
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    0.0 %     1.7 %     0.6 %
 
                       
Net earnings
    4.6 %     6.4 %     4.7 %
 
                       
OPERATING GROUPS
     Our business is operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Leaders of the operating groups report directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
     Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets collections of men’s and women’s sportswear and related products under brands that include Tommy Bahama, Indigo Palms and Island Soft. Tommy Bahama’s products can be found in our own retail stores and on our e-commerce website as well as in certain department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. We also license the Tommy Bahama name for a wide variety of product categories.
     Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and footwear. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties for various product categories. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young men’s, “Mod”-inspired shirt brand and has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at youthful-thinking men and women ages 19 to 35 throughout the world. We offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection, as well as tailored clothing, footwear and accessories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores and a variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman retail stores and on our e-commerce websites.
     Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label men’s suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products include Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all of which trademarks are licensed to us by third parties, and Arnold Brant and Billy London, which are owned brands. In addition to our branded businesses, we design and source certain private label tailored clothing products. Significant private label brands include Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands’ End. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.
     Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. We design and source certain private label programs for several customers, including programs for Lands’ End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer. Owned brands of Oxford Apparel include Oxford Golf, Solitude, Wedge, Kona Wind, Tranquility Bay, Ely, Cattleman and Cumberland Outfitters. Oxford Apparel also owns a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries. Additionally, Oxford Apparel licenses from third parties

36


Table of Contents

the right to use the Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for certain apparel products. Our Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores, mass merchants, specialty catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, “green grass” golf merchants and Internet retailers throughout the United States.
     Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments and other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions as portions of Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel are on the LIFO basis of accounting. Therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.
     The tables below present certain information about our operating groups (in thousands):
                         
    Eight Month              
    Transition Period              
    Ended     Eight Months Ended     Percent  
    February 2, 2008     February 2, 2007     Change  
            (Unaudited)          
Net Sales
                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 284,611     $ 286,837       (0.8 )%
Ben Sherman
    101,578       99,469       2.1 %
Lanier Clothes
    107,457       111,910       (4.0 )%
Oxford Apparel
    201,301       239,862       (16.1 )%
Corporate and Other
    851       1,411       (39.7 )
 
                 
Total
  $ 695,798     $ 739,489       (5.9 )%
 
                 
                         
    Eight Month              
    Transition Period              
    Ended     Eight Months Ended     Percent  
    February 2, 2008     February 2, 2007     Change  
            (Unaudited)          
Operating Income
                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 38,041     $ 43,740       (13.0 )%
Ben Sherman
    4,147       4,026       3.0 %
Lanier Clothes
    315       4,683       (93.3 )%
Oxford Apparel
    12,001       14,136       (15.1 )%
Corporate and Other
    (13,510 )     (10,402 )     (29.9 )%
 
                 
Total
  $ 40,994     $ 56,183       (27.0 )%
 
                 
                                         
    Fiscal Year     Percent Change  
    2007     2006     2005     ’06 -’07     ’05 -’06  
Net Sales
                                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 465,121     $ 409,141     $ 399,658       13.7 %     2.4 %
Ben Sherman
    156,773       166,606       154,105       (5.9 )%     8.1 %
Lanier Clothes
    165,159       180,411       173,168       (8.5 )%     4.2 %
Oxford Apparel
    339,309       352,932       329,333       (3.9 )%     7.2 %
Corporate and Other
    2,545       26       523     NM     (95.0 )%
 
                             
Total
  $ 1,128,907     $ 1,109,116     $ 1,056,787       1.8 %     5.0 %
 
                             

37


Table of Contents

                                         
    Fiscal Year     Percent Change  
    2007     2006     2005     ’06 -’07     ’05 -’06  
Operating Income
                                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 81,533     $ 71,522     $ 54,128       14.0 %     32.1 %
Ben Sherman
    8,372       10,329       22,305       (18.9 )%     (53.7 )%
Lanier Clothes
    4,238       17,422       21,376       (75.7 )%     (18.5 )%
Oxford Apparel
    22,749       14,556       14,556       56.3 %     0.0 %
Corporate and Other
    (16,045 )     (15,713 )     (20,091 )     (2.1 )%     21.8 %
 
                             
Total
    100,847       98,116       92,274       2.8 %     6.3 %
 
                             
CERTAIN OTHER INFORMATION (Unaudited)
     As we have changed our fiscal year end, we have presented certain quarterly information on a consolidated basis below for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 (in thousands, except per share amounts). These quarters correspond to the quarterly periods based on our new fiscal year and do not correspond to the quarterly periods included in our eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, which are referenced elsewhere in this and other prior reports.
                                         
    Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008  
    First Quarter     Second Quarter     Third Quarter     Fourth Quarter     Total  
Net sales
  $ 292,397     $ 244,610     $ 286,325     $ 261,929     $ 1,085,261  
Cost of goods sold
    171,871       141,565       174,078       159,901       647,415  
 
                             
Gross profit
    120,526       103,045       112,247       102,028       437,846  
Selling, general and administrative
    93,059       88,959       92,843       91,171       366,032  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1,695       1,318       1,227       1,194       5,434  
Royalties and other operating income
    5,169       3,829       4,999       5,283       19,280  
 
                             
Operating income
    30,941       16,597       23,176       14,946       85,660  
Interest expense, net
    5,398       5,078       5,521       6,354       22,351  
 
                             
Earnings before income taxes
    25,543       11,519       17,655       8,592       63,309  
Income taxes
    8,450       2,781       3,984       2,684       17,899  
 
                             
Net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 17,093     $ 8,738     $ 13,671     $ 5,908     $ 45,410  
 
                             
Basic net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.96     $ 0.49     $ 0.77     $ 0.36     $ 2.61  
 
                             
Diluted net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.95     $ 0.49     $ 0.76     $ 0.36     $ 2.59  
 
                             
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    17,739       17,772       17,820       16,273       17,395  
Dilution
    181       163       125       82       158  
 
                             
Diluted
    17,920       17,935       17,945       16,355       17,553  
 
                             
     The sum of the quarterly per common share amounts for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 do not equal the totals for the year then ended due to the impact of the timing of the accelerated share repurchase program and rounding differences.

38


Table of Contents

     Additionally, we have presented certain quarterly information by operating group below for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 (in thousands).
                                         
    Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth        
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
Net Sales
                                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 131,765     $ 114,361     $ 102,960     $ 113,809     $ 462,895  
Ben Sherman
    39,257       36,493       46,668       36,509       158,927  
Lanier Clothes
    42,660       31,558       52,861       33,626       160,705  
Oxford Apparel
    78,406       61,047       83,348       77,946       300,747  
Corporate and Other
    309       1,151       488       39       1,987  
 
                             
Total
  $ 292,397     $ 244,610     $ 286,325     $ 261,929     $ 1,085,261  
 
                             
                                         
    Twelve Months Ended February 2, 2008  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth        
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Total  
Operating Income
                                       
Tommy Bahama
  $ 26,495     $ 20,945     $ 11,309     $ 17,085     $ 75,834  
Ben Sherman
    1,682       (1,452 )     5,595       2,670       8,495  
Lanier Clothes
    1,437       (2,190 )     2,618       (1,995 )     (130 )
Oxford Apparel
    7,262       3,072       7,377       2,903       20,614  
Corporate and Other
    (5,935 )     (3,778 )     (3,723 )     (5,717 )     (19,153 )
 
                             
Total
  $ 30,941     $ 16,597     $ 23,176     $ 14,946     $ 85,660  
 
                             
     We have included certain non-cash operating expenses and capital expenditure information for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 by operating group in the table below (in thousands).
                         
    Depreciation     Amortization     Capital  
    Expense     Expense     Expenditure  
Tommy Bahama
  $ 13,795     $ 2,437     $ 29,577  
Ben Sherman
    2,666       2,710       3,370  
Lanier Clothes
    827       120       276  
Oxford Apparel
    1,272       167       197  
Corporate and Other
    390             257  
 
                 
Total
  $ 18,950     $ 5,434     $ 33,677  
 
                 
     For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.
EIGHT MONTH TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2008 COMPARED TO
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2007
     The discussion below compares our results of operations for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 to the eight months ended February 2, 2007. Each percentage change provided below reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
     Net sales decreased $43.7 million, or 5.9%, in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as a result of the changes discussed below.
     Tommy Bahama reported a decrease in net sales of $2.2 million, or 0.8%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 7.9% resulting from the difficult retail environment in the eight month transition period

39


Table of Contents

ended February 2, 2008 at our own retail stores and our wholesale customers’ stores, particularly in Florida, California, Nevada and Arizona. We expect this difficult retail environment to continue.
     These factors were partially offset by an increase in retail sales due to the total number of Tommy Bahama retail stores, excluding licensed stores, increasing to 72 at February 2, 2008 from 66 at February 2, 2007, the launch of the Tommy Bahama e-commerce website in October 2007 and an increase in the average selling price per unit of 6.5%. The increase in the average selling price per unit was primarily due to our sales of Tommy Bahama products at our retail stores representing a larger portion, and wholesale sales representing a smaller portion, of total Tommy Bahama sales in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as well as an increase in the average selling price per unit at wholesale.
     Ben Sherman reported an increase in net sales of $2.1 million, or 2.1%. The increase in net sales was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price per unit of 7.3% resulting primarily from a 6% increase in the average exchange rate between the United States dollar and the British pound sterling and a larger percentage of total Ben Sherman sales being sales at our retail stores rather than wholesale sales during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The increase in average selling price per unit was partially offset by a decrease in unit sales of 4.9% primarily resulting from a unit sales decrease in the wholesale business of the Ben Sherman brand. The decline in unit volume in the Ben Sherman wholesale operations was primarily due to our continuing efforts to restrict distribution of Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and decrease inventory levels at retail as well as the termination of the Evisu denim distribution agreement in the United States during fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2008, we anticipate that sales in our Ben Sherman wholesale business in the United Kingdom will decline as we reposition the brand, but that this decline will be partially offset by sales increases in our retail operations and our international operations outside of the United Kingdom and United States.
     Lanier Clothes reported a decrease in net sales of $4.5 million, or 4.0%. The decrease was primarily due to a decline in the average selling price per unit of 10.9%, partially offset by a unit sales increase of 7.7%. The decrease in the average selling price per unit was primarily due to weak demand in the moderate tailored clothing market, particularly in the chain and department store channels of distribution. We expect that this sluggish market will continue in fiscal 2008.
     Oxford Apparel reported a decrease in net sales of $38.6 million, or 16.1%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 14.8% and a decrease in the average selling price per unit of 1.5%. The decreases in net sales and unit sales were anticipated in connection with the strategy we implemented in the latter part of fiscal 2007 to focus on key product categories and exit underperforming lines of business. We anticipate an additional decline in net sales for Oxford Apparel in fiscal 2008 as we continue to focus on our key product categories and programs that provide an appropriate return.
     Gross profit decreased 3.5% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The decrease was due to lower sales, as described above, partially offset by higher gross margins. Gross margins increased to 39.6% of net sales during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 from 38.6% during the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the increased proportion of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman sales, which have higher gross margins than our other businesses.
     Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses, or SG&A, increased 3.9% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. SG&A was 35.1% of net sales in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to 31.8% in the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The increase in SG&A was primarily due to the expenses associated with operating additional Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores. These increases were partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense due to lower earnings and a decrease in SG&A expense in Oxford Apparel Group as a result of our strategy to focus on key products and exit underperforming lines of business, many of which had higher SG&A structures. The increase as a percentage of net sales was due to the reduction in net sales for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 compared to the eight months ended February 2, 2007, as discussed above, and the increase in total SG&A.

40


Table of Contents

     Amortization of intangible assets decreased 24.2% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The change was primarily due to certain intangible assets acquired as part of our previous acquisitions, which generally have a greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods following the acquisition than later periods. We expect that amortization of intangible assets will be approximately $3.1 million in fiscal 2008 unless we acquire additional intangible assets with definite lives.
     Royalties and other operating income increased 29.2% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The increase was primarily due to increased royalty income from the Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman brands.
     Operating income decreased 27.0% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 due to the changes discussed below.
     Tommy Bahama reported a $5.7 million, or 13.0%, decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to lower net sales, as discussed above, and higher SG&A due to the additional Tommy Bahama retail stores. These items were partially offset by higher royalty income during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
     Ben Sherman reported a $0.1 million, or 3.0%, increase in operating income in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net increase was primarily due to Ben Sherman’s increased retail sales, increased sales in our international markets outside of the United Kingdom and United States and higher royalty income, partially offset by a decline in sales in our Ben Sherman wholesale business.
     Lanier Clothes reported a $4.4 million, or 93.3%, decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to lower net sales and lower gross margins caused by weak demand in the moderate tailored clothing market, particularly in the chain and department store channels of distribution.
     Oxford Apparel reported a $2.1 million, or 15.1%, decrease in operating income in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The net decrease was primarily due to reduced net sales, as discussed above. We also incurred charges totaling $1.3 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 related to the disposal of our Tegucigalpa, Honduras manufacturing facility. These items were partially offset by reduced SG&A expenses, as discussed above.
     The Corporate and Other operating loss increased 29.9% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The increase in the operating loss was primarily due to the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments in the two periods, the discontinuation of the fees we had been receiving for providing corporate administrative services to the purchaser of the assets of the Womenswear Group pursuant to a transition services agreement and the closure of our internal trucking operation during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. These changes were partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense due to lower earnings in the current period.
     Interest expense, net increased 0.9% in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to a higher average debt outstanding, resulting from borrowings used to fund our accelerated share repurchase program, discussed above, partially offset by lower interest rates.
     Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 25.2% for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as compared to 36.3% for the eight months ended February 2, 2007. The decrease in the effective rate reflects (1) the impact on our deferred tax balances as a result of a change in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom, (2) the change, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, in our assertion regarding our initial investment in a foreign subsidiary, which is now considered permanently reinvested and (3) the impact of the short fiscal year (due to the change in our fiscal year) on our estimated taxable income. We believe our annual effective tax rate, before the impact of any discrete events, is approximately 34%.

41


Table of Contents

     Diluted earnings from continuing operations per common share decreased from $1.47 to $1.11 due to the changes in the operating results discussed above, partially offset by the reduction in the weighted average shares outstanding during the period as a result of our repurchase of approximately 1.9 million shares in November 2007, pursuant to our accelerated share repurchase program.
FISCAL 2007 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2006
     The discussion below compares our results of operations for fiscal 2007 to those in fiscal 2006. Each percentage change provided below reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
     Net sales increased $19.8 million, or 1.8%, in fiscal 2007 as a result of the changes in sales as discussed below.
     Tommy Bahama reported an increase in net sales of $56.0 million, or 13.7%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in unit sales of 16.6% primarily due to growth in Tommy Bahama Relax, Tommy Bahama Golf 18 and Tommy Bahama Swim tm products and an increase in the total number of retail stores from 59 at June 2, 2006 to 68 at June 1, 2007. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in the average selling price per unit of 3.2%, primarily because our sales of Tommy Bahama products at wholesale grew faster than sales at retail.
     Ben Sherman reported a decrease in net sales of $9.8 million, or 5.9%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in unit sales of 13.5% resulting from a unit sales decline in the United Kingdom and the United States. This decline was primarily due to the weakness in the United Kingdom apparel market through much of fiscal 2007 and our efforts to restrict distribution of Ben Sherman products and decrease inventory levels at retail in the United States. This decrease in unit sales was partially offset by an increase in the average selling price per unit of 8.8%, which was primarily due to an 8.6% increase in the average exchange rate between the United States dollar and the British pound sterling.
     Lanier Clothes reported a decrease in net sales of $15.3 million, or 8.5%. The decrease was primarily due to a unit sales decrease of 8.5% primarily due to sluggish demand in the tailored clothing market at retail as well as our difficulty in forecasting demand for the combined operations of Macy’s following its merger with May Company, operational issues associated with shifts in sourcing to new locations and repositioning certain of our Lanier Clothes product lines.
     Oxford Apparel reported a decrease in net sales of $13.6 million, or 3.9%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the average selling price per unit of 8.0%. This decrease was due to product mix including an increase in the percentage of sales on an FOB Foreign Port basis, which generally have lower selling prices, and the exit from certain lines of business. The decrease in the selling price per unit was partially offset by an increase of 4.5% in unit sales, primarily due to new programs in fiscal 2007, including sales of Hathaway branded products.
     Gross profit increased 3.7% in fiscal 2007. The increase was due to higher sales, as described above, and higher gross margins. Gross margins increased from 38.9% during fiscal 2006 to 39.7% during fiscal 2007. The increase was primarily due to the increased sales of Tommy Bahama, which has higher gross margins, and decreased sales in the other operating groups. Additionally, we incurred approximately $2.2 million of costs and plant operating losses related to the closure of manufacturing facilities by Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2006.
     Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
     SG&A increased 5.3% in fiscal 2007. SG&A was 31.6% of net sales in fiscal 2007 compared to 30.6% in fiscal 2006. The increase in SG&A was primarily due to the expenses associated with opening new Tommy Bahama retail stores and the increase in the average currency exchange rate related to our Ben Sherman business in the United Kingdom. Additionally, in fiscal 2007, we recognized approximately $3.3 million in severance costs in Oxford Apparel, Lanier Clothes and Corporate and Other, and in fiscal 2006 we recognized approximately $1.2 million of restructuring costs primarily related to the consolidation of certain support functions in Oxford Apparel.

42


Table of Contents

     Amortization of intangible assets decreased 16.2% in fiscal 2007. The change was primarily due to certain intangible assets acquired as part of our previous acquisitions, which generally have a greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods following the acquisition than later periods.
     Royalties and other operating income increased 25.2% in fiscal 2007. The increase was primarily due to our share of equity income received from an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries, which was acquired in the first quarter of fiscal 2007, and a pre-tax gain of $2.0 million on the sale of our Monroe, Georgia facility in fiscal 2007.
     Operating income increased 2.8% in fiscal 2007 due to the changes discussed below.
     Tommy Bahama reported a $10.0 million, or 14.0%, increase in operating income in fiscal 2007. The net increase was primarily due to higher net sales, as discussed above, and a decrease in amortization of intangible assets. This was partially offset by higher SG&A due to the additional Tommy Bahama retail stores opened during fiscal 2007.
     Ben Sherman reported a $2.0 million, or 18.9%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2007. The net decrease was primarily due to the decrease in sales and operating income in the United Kingdom and United States markets which were partially offset by the improved results from our operations in other international markets and the positive impact of foreign currency exchange rates on our earnings from the United Kingdom.
     Lanier Clothes reported a $13.2 million, or 75.7%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2007. The net decrease was primarily due to the sluggish demand in the tailored clothing market and challenging conditions, as discussed above, that resulted in decreased sales and gross margins which included higher inventory markdowns and allowances during fiscal 2007. In fiscal 2007, Lanier Clothes incurred approximately $0.9 million in severance costs, and in fiscal 2006 Lanier Clothes incurred approximately $1.2 million of costs and operating losses related to the closure of a manufacturing facility in Honduras.
     Oxford Apparel reported a $8.2 million, or 56.3%, increase in operating income in fiscal 2007. The net increase was primarily due to reduced SG&A resulting from the exit of certain lines of business and a reduction of associated infrastructure, increased equity income from the unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark, and a pre-tax gain of $2.0 million from the sale of our Monroe, Georgia facility.
     These items were partially offset by the impact of the reduced sales as discussed above. Additionally, in fiscal 2007, we incurred approximately $1.0 million of severance costs in Oxford Apparel, and in fiscal 2006 we recognized approximately $2.2 million of costs related to the closure of manufacturing facilities and the consolidation of certain Oxford Apparel support functions.
     The Corporate and Other operating loss increased 2.1% in fiscal 2007. The increase in the operating loss was primarily due to severance costs partially offset by payments we received for certain corporate administrative services we provided to the purchaser of the assets of the Womenswear Group pursuant to a transition services agreement, which did not continue in our eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
     Interest expense, net decreased 7.3% in fiscal 2007. The decrease in interest expense was due to lower levels of debt during fiscal 2007, partially offset by higher interest rates in fiscal 2007.
     Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 33.5% for fiscal 2007 as compared to 30.9% for fiscal 2006. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate benefited from the impact of the repatriation of earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries and changes in certain contingency reserves. The fiscal 2007 effective tax rate benefited from the reversal of a deferred tax liability in association with a change in our assertion regarding our initial investment in a foreign subsidiary, which is now considered permanently reinvested, partially offset by a change in certain contingency reserves and other adjustments to tax balances arising in prior years.
     Discontinued operations resulted from the disposition of our Womenswear Group operations on June 2, 2006, leading to all Womenswear operations being reclassified to discontinued operations for all periods presented. The decrease in earnings from discontinued operations was primarily due to fiscal 2006 including the full operations and

43


Table of Contents

the gain on sale of the Womenswear Group, while fiscal 2007 only included incidental items related to the Womenswear Group.
FISCAL 2006 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2005
     The discussion below compares our results of operations for fiscal 2006 to those in fiscal 2005. Each percentage change provided below reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise.
     Net sales increased by $52.3 million, or 5.0%, in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the average selling price per unit of 2.3% and an increase in unit sales of 2.1%.
     Tommy Bahama reported a $9.5 million, or 2.4%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase was due primarily to an average selling price per unit increase of 3.3%, excluding the private label business, resulting from increased retail sales and a higher average selling price per unit on branded wholesale business. The increase in retail sales was primarily due to an increase in the number of retail stores from 53 at the end of fiscal 2005 to 59 at the end of fiscal 2006. The higher average selling price per unit on branded wholesale business was due to lower levels of off-price merchandise during fiscal 2006. The net sales increase was partially offset by Tommy Bahama’s exit from the private label business, which accounted for $10.0 million of sales in fiscal 2005 and virtually no sales in fiscal 2006.
     Ben Sherman, which we acquired on July 31, 2004, reported a $12.5 million, or 8.1%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006, primarily due to its inclusion in our results of operations for twelve months in fiscal 2006 as compared to ten months in fiscal 2005. The increase in units sold was partially offset by a decrease in the average selling price per unit which was primarily due to the high level of markdowns and allowances required for our products in fiscal 2006.
     Lanier Clothes reported a $7.2 million, or 4.2%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase was the result of a 2.5% increase in unit sales and a 1.6% increase in the average selling price per unit. The increase in sales was primarily due to the acquisition of the Arnold Brant business in the second quarter of fiscal 2006. The increase in net sales from Arnold Brant of approximately $11.4 million was partially offset by a decline in net sales in certain branded merchandise of the group.
     Oxford Apparel reported a $23.6 million, or 7.2%, increase in net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to a 3.6% increase in the average selling price per unit and a 3.4% increase in units shipped. The increase in unit sales was due to new marketing initiatives, including our Solitude and Wedge brands and certain dress shirt replenishment programs, partially offset by decreases in other replenishment programs. The increase in average selling price per unit was due to product mix.
     Gross profit increased 7.1% in fiscal 2006. The increase was due to higher sales and higher gross margins. Gross margins increased from 38.2% of net sales in fiscal 2005 to 38.9% of net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to the increased margins of Tommy Bahama partially offset by the sales increases in the lower-margin Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes and the one-time costs of approximately $2.2 million associated with the closure of four manufacturing facilities in Oxford Apparel and Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2006.
     Our gross profit may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as income statement classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses, increased 7.8% during fiscal 2006. SG&A was 29.8% of net sales in fiscal 2005 compared to 30.6% of net sales in fiscal 2006. The increase in SG&A was primarily due to:
    the ownership of Ben Sherman, which has a higher SG&A structure than certain of our other operating groups, for twelve months in fiscal 2006 compared to ten months in fiscal 2005;
 
    additional Tommy Bahama retail stores;
 
    expenses associated with the start-up of new marketing initiatives in Oxford Apparel;
 
    costs of approximately $1.2 million associated with the consolidation of certain support functions in Oxford Apparel; and

44


Table of Contents

    operating expenses of the Arnold Brant business in Lanier Clothes which has a higher SG&A structure than the rest of Lanier Clothes.
     Amortization of intangible assets decreased 11.4% in fiscal 2006. The decrease was due to certain intangible assets acquired as part of our acquisitions of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman, which have a greater amount of amortization in the earlier periods following the acquisition than later periods. This decline was partially offset by recognizing amortization related to the intangible assets acquired in the Ben Sherman transaction for the entire period during the twelve months of fiscal 2006 compared to only ten months in the prior year.
     Royalties and other operating income increased 9.0% in fiscal 2006. The increase was primarily due to the benefit of licensing related to Ben Sherman for the entire twelve months of fiscal 2006, as well as higher royalty income from existing and additional licenses for the Tommy Bahama brand.
     Operating income increased 6.3% in fiscal 2006 primarily due to the net effect of the following factors:
     Tommy Bahama reported an increase of $17.4 million, or 32.1%, in operating income in fiscal 2006. The increase in operating income was primarily due to:
    improvements in gross margins due to higher retail sales, improvements in product sourcing and improved inventory management, which resulted in reduced markdowns;
 
    exiting the private label business, which produced lower margins; and
 
    reduced amortization expense related to intangible assets.
     Ben Sherman reported a $12.0 million, or 53.7%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2006. The decline was primarily due to poorly performing product lines, which resulted in markdowns, allowances and returns in fiscal 2006.
     Lanier Clothes reported a $4.0 million, or 18.5%, decrease in operating income in fiscal 2006. The decline was primarily due to the closure of manufacturing facilities as discussed above and the operating loss experienced by the Arnold Brant business while it was being integrated into our operations.
     Oxford Apparel operating income was relatively flat in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The impact of the sales increase was offset by the closure of manufacturing facilities, consolidation of support functions and streamlining of operations discussed above.
     Corporate and Other operating loss decreased $4.4 million, or 21.8%, in fiscal 2006. The decrease in operating loss was primarily due to decreased parent company expenses, including a decrease in incentive compensation.
     Interest expense, net decreased 8.3% in fiscal 2006. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a non-recurring $1.8 million charge recognized in the first quarter of fiscal 2005 related to the refinancing of our U.S. revolving credit facility in July 2004 and lower debt levels in fiscal 2006, partially offset by higher interest rates during fiscal 2006.
     Income taxes were at an effective tax rate of 30.9% for fiscal 2006 compared to 33.5% for fiscal 2005. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate benefited from the impact of the repatriation of earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries and changes in certain contingency reserves. The fiscal 2005 effective tax rate benefited from changes in certain contingency reserves.
     Discontinued operations resulted from the disposition of our Womenswear Group operations on June 2, 2006, leading to all Womenswear Group operations being reclassified to discontinued operations for all periods presented and diluted earnings from discontinued operations per common share of $1.08 in fiscal 2006 and $0.34 in fiscal 2005. The increase in earnings from gain on sale and discontinued operations was primarily due to the gain on the sale of our Womenswear Group operations and higher sales in fiscal 2006.

45


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
     Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is our operating activities in the United States and to some extent the United Kingdom. When cash inflows are less than cash outflows, subject to their terms, we also have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver, each of which are described below. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities and sales of debt or equity securities.
     Our liquidity requirements arise from the funding of our working capital needs, which include inventory, other operating expenses and accounts receivable, funding of capital expenditures, payment of quarterly dividends, repayment of our indebtedness and acquisitions, if any. Generally, our product purchases are acquired through trade letters of credit which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit when issued.
     The table below provides summary cash flow information (in thousands).
                                         
            Eight Month            
    Twelve Months   Transition Period   Eight Months        
    Ended February 2,   Ended February 2,   Ended February 2,        
    2008   2008   2007   Fiscal 2007   Fiscal 2006
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 66,431     $ 44,137     $ 37,007     $ 59,606     $ 80,955  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (85,126 )     (74,818 )     (41,049 )     (51,467 )     (34,594 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    4,169       8,962       (6,220 )     (10,826 )     (97,998 )
EIGHT MONTH TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2008 COMPARED TO
EIGHT MONTHS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2007
     Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $14.9 million and $30.5 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively.
Operating Activities
     During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the eight months ended February 2, 2007, our continuing operations generated $44.1 million and $37.0 million of cash, respectively. The operating cash flows were primarily the result of earnings from continuing operations for the period, adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization and stock compensation expense and changes in our working capital accounts. In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the eight months ended February 2, 2007, the significant changes in working capital from June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively, included increases in inventories and lower receivables.
     Our working capital ratio, which is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities, was 1.91:1 and 2.44:1 at February 2, 2008, and February 2, 2007, respectively. The change from February 2, 2007 was primarily due to the fact that we had borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolver at February 2, 2008, primarily resulting from borrowings to fund our accelerated share repurchase program and the acquisition of Tommy Bahama’s buying agent.
     Receivables were $105.6 million and $106.6 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively, representing a decrease of 1%. The decrease was primarily due to lower wholesale sales during the two months ended February 2, 2008 compared to the two months ended February 2, 2007. Days’ sales outstanding for our wholesale accounts receivable was 53 days and 57 days at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively.
     Inventories were $158.9 million and $166.2 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively, a decrease of 4%. Inventory for the Tommy Bahama operating group increased to support additional retail stores. Inventory levels at Ben Sherman decreased primarily due to reductions of excess inventory in our Ben Sherman U.S. business. Inventory for Lanier Clothes decreased as we have continued to focus on moving excess inventory

46


Table of Contents

resulting from the sluggish tailored clothing market. Although we have made significant progress in reducing our inventory levels, at February 2, 2008, we continue to have higher than optimal levels of inventory in our replenishment programs and seasonal inventories in Lanier Clothes. We expect the inventory levels for Lanier Clothes to decrease to a more optimal level before the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2008. Inventory levels for Oxford Apparel increased compared to the prior year primarily due to inventory increases in replenishment programs and new initiatives in our dress shirt business and other key product categories partially offset by reductions in product categories that we have exited. Our days’ supply of inventory on hand, using a FIFO basis, was 118 days and 113 days as of February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively, due to the changes by operating group discussed above.
     Prepaid expenses were $18.7 million and $22.7 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The decrease in prepaid expenses was primarily due to the timing of payments for certain operating expenses, including advertising and insurance costs.
     Current liabilities were $156.4 million and $133.6 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The increase in current liabilities was primarily due to the amounts outstanding under our U.S. Revolver as a result of the borrowings related to our accelerated share repurchase program in November 2007 and the acquisition of Tommy Bahama’s buying agent on February 1, 2008.
     Other non-current liabilities, which primarily consist of deferred rent and deferred compensation amounts, were $50.9 million and $36.3 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The increase was primarily due to the recognition of additional deferred rent and deferred compensation during the twelve months subsequent to February 2, 2007 and the reclassification of approximately $5.3 million to other non-current liabilities from income taxes payable and non-current deferred income taxes as a result of the adoption of FIN 48 in the first quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
     Non-current deferred income taxes were $61.0 million and $80.7 million at February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The change resulted primarily from the reclassification of approximately $3.7 million from non-current deferred income taxes to other non-current liabilities as a result of the adoption of FIN 48 in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, the change in our assertion related to a foreign subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, a distribution from a foreign subsidiary during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, the impact on our deferred tax balances as a result of a change in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the impact of book to tax differences for depreciation expense.
Investing Activities
     During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, investing activities used $74.8 million in cash. We paid approximately $55.6 million related to acquisitions primarily consisting of the final Tommy Bahama earn-out payments and the acquisition of the Tommy Bahama buying agent on February 1, 2008. Additionally, we incurred approximately $21.1 million of capital expenditures, primarily related to new retail stores. We received proceeds of approximately $2.5 million primarily related to the disposal of our manufacturing facility in Tegucigalpa, Honduras in October 2007.
     During the eight months ended February 2, 2007, investing activities used $41.0 million in cash. We paid approximately $22.4 million related to acquisitions, consisting of the fiscal 2006 Tommy Bahama earn-out payment and the acquisition of a two-thirds ownership interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and certain other countries. Additionally, we incurred capital expenditures of $18.7 million, primarily related to new retail stores.
     Non-current assets, including property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and other non-current assets, increased from February 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, primarily as a result of the fiscal 2007 and cumulative earn-out related to the Tommy Bahama acquisition, the acquisition of Tommy Bahama’s buying agent and capital expenditures for our retail stores. These increases were partially offset by depreciation related to our property, plant and equipment and amortization of our intangible assets.

47


Table of Contents

Financing Activities
     During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, financing activities provided $9.0 million in cash. As the cash flow used in our investing activities as discussed above, cash paid related to our $60 million accelerated share repurchase program and the $6.5 million of dividends paid exceeded cash flows provided by operating activities, we borrowed additional amounts under our U.S. Revolver during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. We also received $2.6 million of cash from the exercise of employee stock options. The $6.5 million of dividends paid on our common stock were for the dividends declared in the first quarter and second quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
     During the eight months ended February 2, 2007, financing activities used $6.2 million in cash. We paid $8.0 million for dividends declared in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, first quarter of fiscal 2007 and second quarter of fiscal 2007. We also repaid approximately $1.0 million of borrowings under our U.S. Revolver during the eight months ended February 2, 2007 as cash flow from continuing and discontinued operations exceeded our investing and financing activities. We also received $2.8 million of cash upon the exercise of stock options during the eight months ended February 2, 2007.
     Additionally, on March 27, 2008 our board of directors declared a cash dividend of $0.18 per share payable on May 30, 2008 to shareholders of record on May 15, 2008, which will be the 192nd consecutive quarterly dividend we have paid since we became a public company in July 1960. We expect to pay dividends in future quarters. However, we may decide to discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including, but not limited to, payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares or funding of future acquisitions, may be in our best interest, if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend or if the terms of our credit facilities or other debt instruments limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectations of operating cash flows in future periods. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.
     Debt, including short term debt, was $272.3 million and $199.6 million as of February 2, 2008 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The increase was primarily due to borrowings under our U.S. Revolver to fund our $60 million accelerated share repurchase program and our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama buying agent.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
     During the eight months ended February 2, 2007 cash flows from discontinued operations resulted from the net assets related to the discontinued operations of our Womenswear Group as of June 2, 2006 being converted to cash during the period. There were no cash flows from discontinued operations during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and we do not anticipate any significant cash flows from discontinued operations in future periods.
FISCAL 2007 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2006
     Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $36.9 million and $10.5 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Operating Activities
     During fiscal 2007 and 2006, our continuing operations generated $59.6 million and $81.0 million of cash, respectively. The operating cash flows were primarily the result of earnings from continuing operations for the period adjusted for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization and stock compensation expense and changes in our working capital accounts. In fiscal 2007, the significant changes in working capital included higher amounts of inventories and lower current liabilities partially offset by lower receivables and higher non-current liabilities, each as discussed below. In fiscal 2006, the significant changes in working capital included significantly lower levels of inventory and accounts payable.
     Our working capital ratio, which is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities, was 2.35:1 and 1.98:1 at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The change was due to the higher levels of cash and inventory on hand and the significant reduction of current liabilities as well as the impact of having no assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations at June 1, 2007.

48


Table of Contents

     Receivables were $138.0 million and $144.1 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively, representing a decrease of 4%. The decrease was primarily due to lower wholesale sales and higher retail sales in the last two months of fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. Days’ sales outstanding for our accounts receivable, excluding retail sales, was 52 days and 54 days at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
     Inventories were $137.3 million and $123.6 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively, an increase of 11%. Inventory for Tommy Bahama increased primarily due to inventory requirements of our new Tommy Bahama retail stores. Inventory for Lanier Clothes increased due to lower than planned sales which resulted in higher than optimal levels in our replenishment programs and seasonal inventories at June 1, 2007. Inventory in Ben Sherman remained relatively consistent with the prior year. Inventory levels in Oxford Apparel decreased as we have refocused the operations of Oxford Apparel towards higher-margin products and discontinued certain programs that previously required a significant inventory investment. Our days supply of inventory on hand related to continuing operations, using a FIFO basis, was 101 and 91 days at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
     Prepaid expenses were $22.0 million and $20.2 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
     Current liabilities, excluding current liabilities related to discontinued operations of $30.7 million at June 2, 2006, were $142.4 million and $149.6 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The decrease in current liabilities was primarily due to the a general reduction in accounts payable and accrued expenses partially offset by an increase in the earn-out payable with respect to our acquisition of Tommy Bahama of $10.7 million at June 1, 2007 compared to June 2, 2006.
     Non-current deferred income tax liabilities were $72.0 million and $76.6 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The decrease was primarily a result of changes in property, plant and equipment basis differences, amortization of acquired intangible assets and deferred compensation balances.
     Other non-current liabilities, which primarily consist of deferred rent and deferred compensation amounts, were $40.9 million and $30.0 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively. The increase was primarily due to the recognition of additional deferred rent during fiscal 2007 as well as the deferral of certain compensation payments to our executives in accordance with our deferred compensation plan.
     Current assets and current liabilities related to discontinued operations decreased from the balances at June 2, 2006 as the assets were converted to cash and the liabilities were paid during fiscal 2007.
Investing Activities
     During fiscal 2007, investing activities used $51.5 million in cash. We paid approximately $22.7 million related to acquisitions consisting of the fiscal 2006 Tommy Bahama earn-out payment and the acquisition of an ownership interest in an unconsolidated entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and certain other countries. Additionally, we incurred capital expenditures of $31.3 million, primarily related to new Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores in fiscal 2007.
     During fiscal 2006, investing activities used $34.6 million in cash. We paid $11.9 million for acquisitions in fiscal 2006 consisting of the fiscal 2005 Tommy Bahama earn-out payment, the payments for the acquisition of the Solitude and Arnold Brant trademarks and related working capital and an investment in an unconsolidated entity that owns a factory in China. Additionally, approximately $25.0 million of capital expenditures were incurred, primarily related to new Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores.
     Non-current assets including property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and other non-current assets increased primarily as a result of the fiscal 2007 and cumulative earn-out payments related to the Tommy Bahama acquisition, capital expenditures for our retail stores and the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These increases were partially offset by the depreciation of our property, plant and equipment and amortization of our intangible assets and deferred financing costs.

49


Table of Contents

Financing Activities
     During fiscal 2007, financing activities used $10.8 million of cash primarily attributable to the payment of approximately $14.4 million of dividends on our common stock, which was partially offset by $4.6 million of cash provided by the exercise of employee stock options.
     During fiscal 2006, financing activities used approximately $98.0 million in cash. The cash flow generated from our operating activities in excess of our investments as well as the proceeds from the disposition of the Womenswear Group operations were used to repay amounts on our lines of credit during fiscal 2006. We also received $4.0 million of cash provided from the exercise of employee stock options. These amounts were partially offset by the payment of $9.5 million of dividends on our common shares during fiscal 2006.
     Debt was approximately $199.7 million and $200.2 million at June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
     During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Womenswear Group generated cash flow of $28.3 million, $55.8 million and $10.2 million, respectively. The cash flows from discontinued operations for fiscal 2007 were primarily due to the net assets related to the discontinued operations as of June 2, 2006 being converted to cash during the period. The cash flows from discontinued operations for fiscal 2006 and 2005 were due to the earnings of the Womenswear Group in those years, adjusted for any changes in working capital accounts during the year, as well as the proceeds from the disposition of the Womenswear Group operations in fiscal 2006 as discussed in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     The table below provides a description of our significant financing arrangements and the amounts outstanding under these financing arrangements at February 2, 2008 (in thousands):
         
$280 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“U.S. Revolver”), which accrues interest (6.0% at February 2, 2008), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to certain debt ratios, requires interest payments monthly with principal due at maturity (July 2009), and is collateralized by substantially all the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our domestic subsidiaries (1)
  $ 72,900  
£12 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“U.K. Revolver”), which accrues interest at the bank’s base rate plus 1.0%, requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand or at maturity (July 2008), and is collateralized by substantially all the United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman
     
$200 million Senior Unsecured Notes (“Senior Unsecured Notes”), which accrue interest at 8.875% (effective rate of 9.0%), require interest payments semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, require payment of principal at maturity (June 2011), are subject to certain prepayment penalties, as discussed below, and are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries
    200,000  
Unamortized discount on Senior Unsecured Notes
    (586 )
 
     
Total debt
  $ 272,314  
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt
    (37,900 )
 
     
Total long-term debt, less current maturities
  $ 234,414  
 
     
 
(1)   $35.0 million and $37.9 million of the amount outstanding under the U.S. Revolver at February 2, 2008 was classified as long-term debt and short-term debt, respectively. The amount classified as long-term debt represents the minimum amount we anticipate to be outstanding under the U.S. Revolver during fiscal 2008.
     Our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver are used to finance trade letters of credit and standby letters of credit, as well as provide funding for other operating activities and acquisitions. As of February 2, 2008, approximately $52.2 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability were outstanding against our U.S. Revolver and the U.K. Revolver. The aggregate net availability under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver agreements was approximately $178.7 million as of February 2, 2008 subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in our U.S. Revolver, U.K. Revolver and the indenture for the Senior Unsecured Notes.

50


Table of Contents

     Our U.S. Revolver and Senior Unsecured Notes each include certain debt covenant restrictions that require us or our subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios that we believe are customary for similar facilities. As of February 2, 2008, we were compliant with all financial covenants and restricted payment provisions related to our debt agreements.
     Our U.S. Revolver also includes limitations on certain restricted payments, including payment of dividends. Pursuant to the U.S. Revolver agreement, subject to other conditions, we may pay dividends if our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the U.S. Revolver agreement, for the four preceding quarters would have been not more than 3.00:1.00 after giving effect to the dividend payment. Our U.S. Revolver further provides that, effective as of August 3, 2008, this limitation will change so that we may make restricted payments such as dividends if, subject to other conditions, our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio for the four preceding quarters is 2.75:1.00 after giving effect to the payment. Additionally, our Senior Unsecured Notes include limitations on the payment of dividends. Pursuant to the indenture governing our Senior Unsecured Notes, we may make certain Restricted Payments, as defined in the indenture, to the extent that the sum of the Restricted Payments do not exceed the allowable amount described in the indenture. Restricted Payments include the payment of dividends, the repurchase of our common shares, repayment of certain debt, the payment of amounts pursuant to earn-out agreements and certain investments. The allowable amount includes 50% of GAAP net income, as adjusted, cash proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock including stock options and restricted stock awards and certain other items. We were compliant with these limitations as of February 2, 2008.
     The Senior Unsecured Notes are subject to redemption at any time after June 1, 2007, at our option, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. During the period from June 1, 2007 through May 31, 2008, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 104.438% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. During the period from June 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 102.219% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Subsequent to June 1, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
     Our debt to total capitalization ratio was 40%, 31% and 32% at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007 and February 2, 2007, respectively. The change in this ratio from June 1, 2007 and February 2, 2007 was primarily a result of our $60 million share repurchase program and the acquisition of the Tommy Bahama buying agent on February 1, 2008, both of which were funded from borrowings under our U.S. Revolver. Our debt level, as well as the ratio of debt to total capitalization, in future years may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continuously assess and periodically make changes to our capital structure and may make additional acquisitions, investments or repurchases of shares in the future.
     We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital needs, capital expenditures (primarily for the opening of additional Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman retail stores) and interest payments on our debt during fiscal 2008, primarily from cash on hand and cash flow from operations supplemented by borrowings under our lines of credit, if necessary. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance increased inventory levels and the success of our various products.
     If appropriate investment opportunities arise that exceed the availability under our existing credit facilities, we believe that we will be able to fund such acquisitions through additional or refinanced debt facilities or the issuance of additional equity. However, our ability to obtain additional borrowings or refinance our credit facilities will depend on many factors, including the prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. There is no assurance that financing would be available on terms that are acceptable or favorable to us, if at all. At maturity of the U.S. Revolver, the U.K. Revolver and the Senior Unsecured Notes, we anticipate that we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt with terms available in the market at that time.

51


Table of Contents

     The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of February 2, 2008, by future period:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less Than     1-3     3-5     More Than        
    1 year     Years     Years     5 Years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Contractual Obligations
                                       
Senior Unsecured Notes
  $     $     $ 200,000     $     $ 200,000  
Interest on Senior Unsecured Notes
    17,750       35,500       8,875             62,125  
U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver (1)
          72,900                   72,900  
Operating leases (2)
    32,946       64,152       56,867       86,092       240,057  
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements
    8,068       7,614       1,869             17,551  
Letters of credit
    52,164                         52,164  
Other (3)(4)(5)
                             
 
                             
Total
  $ 110,928     $ 180,166     $ 267,611     $ 86,092     $ 644,797  
 
                             
 
(1)   Interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver have been excluded from the table above as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time.
 
(2)   Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above as the amounts payable in future periods are generally not specified in the lease agreements and are dependent on amounts which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in the eight months ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007 totaled approximately $8.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively.
 
(3)   Amounts totaling $11.9 million of deferred compensation obligations and $0.7 million of obligations related to the post-retirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life insurance policies which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2008 have been excluded from the table above due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the former employee, respectively.
 
(4)   An environmental reserve of $4.4 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2008 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of February 2, 2008.
 
(5)   A $2.8 million provision related to uncertain tax positions included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2008 has been excluded from the table above due to the uncertainty of the timing of payment of the amounts.
     Our anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal 2008 are expected to be approximately $25 million. These expenditures will consist primarily of the continued expansion of our retail operations of Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman.
Accelerated Share Repurchase Program
     On October 31, 2007, our board of directors authorized the repurchase by us of up to $60 million of our outstanding common stock, replacing our previously announced stock repurchase authorization. On November 8, 2007, we entered into and publicly announced an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we will repurchase $60 million of our common stock. The material terms of the agreement are described in Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview, included in this report. We funded the $60 million repurchase in November 2007 and do not anticipate any future cash outflows pursuant to the agreement.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
     We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC’s definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

52


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
     The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and other accrued expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of earnings could be misstated.
     The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant accounting policies, estimates and methods we use.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
     Our revenue consists of wholesale, retail store, e-commerce and restaurant sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
     In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations’ sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns and allowances for wholesale customers include historical and current trends, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2008, our total reserves for discounts and allowances were approximately $14.3 million, and therefore, a hypothetical change in our allowances of 10% would have a pre-tax impact of $1.4 million on net earnings.
     In circumstances where we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. For all other customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which are subjective and require certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2008, our allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $1.3 million, and therefore, a change in our reserves of 10% would have a pre-tax impact of approximately $0.1 million on net earnings.
Inventories
     For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, prior seasons’ fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. For retail inventory, we provide an allowance for shrinkage and goods expected to be sold below cost. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions

53


Table of Contents

considering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity, quality and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends and general economic conditions.
     For consolidated financial reporting, approximately $64.1 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting the $39.8 million LIFO reserve as of February 2, 2008. Approximately $94.8 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 2, 2008. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions, but generally our inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market relate to our historical businesses included in the Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel groups and our inventories valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market relate to recently acquired businesses. LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. The impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and in the results of operations in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this report.
     A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements due to the existence of our LIFO reserve of $39.8 million as of February 2, 2008. A hypothetical 10% change in the amount of markdowns for inventory valued on the lower of FIFO cost or market method would have a pre-tax impact of approximately $0.6 million on net earnings.
Goodwill, net
     Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Such goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal.
     Significant estimates included in such a valuation include future cash flow projections of the business, which are based on our future expectations for the business. Additionally, the discount rate used in this analysis is an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital. If this analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Such estimates of future operating results and discount rates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
Intangible Assets, net
     At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks and trade names, license agreements and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on management’s assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuation may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
     Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which consist of license agreements, certain trademarks, customer relationships and covenants not to compete, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is

54


Table of Contents

recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we recognized approximately $5.4 million of expense for the amortization of intangible assets. If the useful lives assigned to these intangible assets with finite lives had been reduced by 10% at acquisition, the amount of additional amortization expense would have been approximately $0.5 million during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008.
     Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors including estimates of future net sales, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks and discount rates. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Income Taxes
     Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes for a company with global operations. The ultimate tax outcome may be uncertain for many transactions. Our provisions are based on federal and projected state statutory rates and take into account our quarterly assessment of permanent book/tax differences, income tax credits and uncertain tax positions. We estimate the effective tax rate for the full fiscal year and record a quarterly income tax provision in accordance with the anticipated annual rate. As the fiscal year progresses, the estimate is refined based upon actual events and earnings by jurisdiction and to reflect changes in our judgment of the likely outcome of uncertain tax positions. This estimation process periodically results in a change to the expected effective tax rate for the fiscal year. When this occurs, we adjust the income tax provision during the quarter in which the change in estimate occurs so that the year-to-date provision reflects the expected annual rate.  Income tax expense may also be adjusted for discrete events occurring during the year, such as the enactment of tax rate changes or changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions, which are reflected in the quarter that the changes occur.  In the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, an increase in the effective tax rate percentage from 28% to 29% would have reduced net earnings by approximately $0.6 million.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
     See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.
SEASONALITY
     Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally, our products are sold prior to each of the retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday. As the timing of product shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results for any particular quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of net sales by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%, respectively, and the percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 40%,18%, 28% and 14%, respectively, which we do not believe is indicative of the distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 were impacted by the current economic environment.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Trade Policy Risk
     Under the terms of China’s World Trade Organization (“WTO”) accession agreement, the United States and other WTO members may impose additional duties or quantitative import restrictions (“quotas”) on specific products and specific categories of products from China under certain circumstances. Any such additional duties or quota could cause disruption in our supply chain or adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we sourced approximately 45% of our product purchases from China.

55


Table of Contents

     We benefit from duty-free treatment under international trade agreements and regulations such as the North American Free Trade Agreement and the Andean Trade Preference and Drug Eradication Act. The elimination of such treatment or our inability to qualify for such benefits would adversely impact our business by increasing our cost of goods sold.
     Furthermore, under long-standing statutory authority applicable to imported goods in general, the United States may unilaterally impose additional duties: (i) when imported merchandise is sold at less than fair value and causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as “anti-dumping” duties); or (ii) when foreign producers receive certain types of governmental subsidies, and when the importation of their subsidized goods causes material injury, or threatens to cause material injury, to the domestic industry producing a comparable product (generally known as “countervailing” duties). The imposition of anti-dumping or countervailing duties on products we import would increase the cost of those products to us. We may not be able to pass on any such cost increase to our customers.
Interest Rate Risk
     We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Our objective is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of fixed and variable rate debt. This assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
     As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately $72.9 million of debt outstanding subject to variable interest rates. Our average variable rate borrowings for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 were $25.5 million, with an average interest rate of 6.6% during the period. Our lines of credit are based on variable interest rates in order to provide the necessary borrowing flexibility we require. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable rate lines of credit change, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change. Based on the average variable rate borrowings outstanding for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, if our average interest rates increased by 100 basis points, our interest expense for a full twelve month period would increase by approximately $0.3 million. Borrowings, and therefore interest expense, for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 are not indicative of borrowings in future periods as we did not have significant borrowings under our U.S. Revolver during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 until we entered into a $60 million accelerated share repurchase agreement in November 2007 and acquired Tommy Bahama’s buying agent for approximately $35 million on February 1, 2008. Additionally, if we acquire additional businesses or change our capital structure in the future such a transaction would impact our interest expense in future periods.
     As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately $200 million of fixed rate debt outstanding with substantially all the debt, consisting of our Senior Unsecured Notes, having an effective interest rate of 9.0% and maturing in June 2011. Such agreements may result in higher interest expense than could be obtained under variable interest rate arrangements in certain periods, but are primarily intended to provide long-term financing of our capital structure and minimize our exposure to increases in interest rates. A change in the market interest rate impacts the fair value of our fixed rate debt but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows.
     None of our debt was entered into for speculative purposes. We generally do not engage in hedging activities with respect to our interest rate risk and do not enter into such transactions on a speculative basis.
Foreign Currency Risk
     To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. We view our foreign investments as long-term and as a result we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. We do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.

56


Table of Contents

     We receive United States dollars for most of our product sales. Less than 15% of our net sales for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. These sales primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe. With the United States dollar trading at a weaker position than it has historically traded versus the pound sterling and the Canadian dollar, a strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of earnings in future periods, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales during the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 denominated in foreign currencies, if the dollar had strengthened by 5% in the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, we would have experienced a decrease in sales of approximately $6.5 million.
     Substantially all of our inventory purchases from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future. Due to the number of currencies involved and the fact that not all foreign currencies react in the same manner against the United States dollar, we cannot quantify in any meaningful way the potential effect of such fluctuations on future costs. However, we do not believe that exchange rate fluctuations will have a material impact on our inventory costs in future periods.
     We may from time to time purchase short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates, but at February 2, 2008, we have not entered into any such agreements that have not been settled. During the twelve months ended February 2, 2008, foreign currency forward exchange contracts outstanding did not exceed $11 million at any time and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset being recognized in our consolidated statement of earnings or other comprehensive income if the transaction does not or does, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Commodity and Inflation Risk
     We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw materials and finished goods and increased operating costs to the extent that any such fluctuations are not reflected by adjustments in the selling prices of our products. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through selective price increases when possible, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We do not enter into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts and we do not engage in hedging activities with respect to such risk.

57


Table of Contents

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
    (In thousands, except par amounts)  
ASSETS
                               
Current Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 14,912     $ 36,882     $ 30,462     $ 10,479  
Receivables, net
    105,561       138,035       106,574       144,079  
Inventories, net
    158,925       137,333       166,213       123,594  
Prepaid expenses
    18,701       21,991       22,662       20,214  
Current assets related to discontinued operations, net
                      59,215  
 
                       
Total current assets
    298,099       334,241       325,911       357,581  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    92,502       87,323       81,495       73,663  
Goodwill, net
    257,921       222,430       201,793       199,232  
Intangible assets, net
    230,933       234,081       235,803       234,453  
Other non-current assets, net
    30,817       30,663       30,103       20,666  
 
                       
Total Assets
  $ 910,272     $ 908,738     $ 875,105     $ 885,595  
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                               
Current Liabilities:
                               
Trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses
  $ 101,123     $ 84,385     $ 107,224     $ 105,038  
Accrued compensation
    14,485       26,254       19,934       26,754  
Additional acquisition cost payable
          22,575             11,897  
Dividends payable
    2,889             3,205       2,646  
Income taxes payable
    20       8,827       2,123       3,138  
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt
    37,900       403       406       130  
Current liabilities related to discontinued operations
                662       30,716  
 
                       
Total current liabilities
    156,417       142,444       133,554       180,319  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    234,414       199,294       199,236       200,023  
Other non-current liabilities
    50,909       40,947       36,290       29,979  
Non-current deferred income taxes
    60,984       72,000       80,730       76,573  
Commitments and contingencies
                               
Shareholders’ Equity:
                               
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 30,000 authorized and none issued and outstanding at February 2, 2008; June 1, 2007; February 2, 2007 (unaudited) and June 2, 2006
                       
Common stock, $1.00 par value; 60,000 authorized and 16,049 issued and outstanding at February 2, 2008; 17,843 issued and outstanding at June 1, 2007; 17,804 issued and outstanding at February 2, 2007 (unaudited); and 17,646 issued and outstanding at June 2, 2006
    16,049       17,843       17,804       17,646  
Additional paid-in capital
    85,224       81,611       79,688       74,812  
Retained earnings
    293,212       341,369       318,379       300,973  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    13,063       13,230       9,424       5,270  
 
                       
Total shareholders’ equity
    407,548       454,053       425,295       398,701  
 
                       
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 910,272     $ 908,738     $ 875,105     $ 885,595  
 
                       
See accompanying notes.

58


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition Period                    
    Ended February 2,                    
    2008     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)  
Net sales
  $ 695,798     $ 1,128,907     $ 1,109,116     $ 1,056,787  
Cost of goods sold
    420,038       681,147       677,429       653,538  
 
                       
Gross profit
    275,760       447,760       431,687       403,249  
Selling, general and administrative
    244,033       356,970       339,073       314,413  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,184       6,405       7,642       8,622  
 
                       
 
    247,217       363,375       346,715       323,035  
Royalties and other operating income
    12,451       16,462       13,144       12,060  
 
                       
Operating income
    40,994       100,847       98,116       92,274  
Interest expense, net
    15,302       22,214       23,971       26,146  
 
                       
Earnings before income taxes
    25,692       78,633       74,145       66,128  
Income taxes
    6,477       26,313       22,944       22,177  
 
                       
Net earnings from continuing operations
    19,215       52,320       51,201       43,951  
(Loss) Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (183 )     19,270       5,876  
 
                       
Net earnings
  $ 19,215     $ 52,137     $ 70,471     $ 49,827  
 
                       
Net earnings from continuing operations per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 1.12     $ 2.96     $ 2.93     $ 2.62  
Diluted
  $ 1.11     $ 2.93     $ 2.88     $ 2.53  
(Loss) Earnings from discontinued operations per common share:
                               
Basic
  $     $ (0.01 )   $ 1.10     $ 0.35  
Diluted
  $     $ (0.01 )   $ 1.08     $ 0.34  
Net earnings per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 1.12     $ 2.95     $ 4.03     $ 2.97  
Diluted
  $ 1.11     $ 2.92     $ 3.96     $ 2.87  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    17,227       17,673       17,492       16,788  
Dilution
    131       208       289       562  
 
                       
Diluted
    17,358       17,881       17,781       17,350  
 
                       
Dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.54     $ 0.66     $ 0.57     $ 0.51  
See accompanying notes.

59


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                         
                            Accumulated        
            Additional             Other        
    Common     Paid-In     Retained     Comprehensive        
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income     Total  
    (In thousands)  
Balance, May 28, 2004
  $ 16,215     $ 23,673     $ 199,089     $     $ 238,977  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings and other comprehensive income
                49,827       298       50,125  
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $1.6 million
    184       3,879                   4,063  
Compensation expense for stock awards
          970                   970  
Stock issued for acquisition
    485       17,396                   17,881  
Cash dividends declared
                (8,515 )           (8,515 )
 
                             
Balance, June 3, 2005
  $ 16,884     $ 45,918     $ 240,401     $ 298     $ 303,501  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings and other comprehensive income
                70,471       4,972       75,443  
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $2.2 million
    277       5,889                   6,166  
Compensation expense for stock awards
          3,231                   3,231  
Stock issued for acquisition
    485       19,774                   20,259  
Cash dividends declared
                (9,899 )           (9,899 )
 
                             
Balance, June 2, 2006
  $ 17,646     $ 74,812     $ 300,973     $ 5,270     $ 398,701  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings and other comprehensive income
                52,137       7,960       60,097  
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $1.1 million
    197       4,398                   4,595  
Compensation expense for stock awards
          2,401                   2,401  
Cash dividends declared
                (11,741 )           (11,741 )
 
                             
Balance, June 1, 2007
  $ 17,843     $ 81,611     $ 341,369     $ 13,230     $ 454,053  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net earnings and other comprehensive income
                19,215       (167 )     19,048  
Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.3 million
    144       2,437                   2,581  
Compensation expense for stock awards
          1,176                   1,176  
Repurchase of common stock
    (1,938 )           (58,120 )           (60,058 )
Adoption of new accounting standards
                91             91  
Cash dividends declared
                (9,343 )           (9,343 )
 
                             
Balance, February 2, 2008
  $ 16,049     $ 85,224     $ 293,212     $ 13,063     $ 407,548  
 
                             
See accompanying notes.

60


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition                    
    Period Ended                    
    February 2,                    
    2008     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  
    (In thousands)  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
                               
Net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 19,215     $ 52,320     $ 51,201     $ 43,951  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
                               
Depreciation
    12,839       16,720       15,092       13,321  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,184       6,405       7,642       8,622  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount
    1,710       2,465       2,462       4,439  
Stock compensation expense
    1,176       2,401       1,292       907  
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment
    592       (1,325 )     248       (95 )
Equity method investment (income) loss
    (1,050 )     (1,187 )     475       (479 )
Deferred income taxes
    (4,933 )     (5,962 )     (2,847 )     (5,014 )
Stock option income tax benefit
                2,189       1,566  
Changes in working capital:
                               
Receivables
    33,649       8,075       3,689       (5,412 )
Inventories
    (21,696 )     (12,809 )     22,751       (32,025 )
Prepaid expenses
    1,180       (1,687 )     (119 )     (1,487 )
Current liabilities
    (6,494 )     (17,079 )     (27,716 )     5,104  
Other non-current assets
    (616 )     340       (1,801 )     (4,610 )
Other non-current liabilities
    5,381       10,929       6,397       12,455  
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    44,137       59,606       80,955       41,243  
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
                               
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (55,628 )     (13,260 )     (11,501 )     (143,727 )
Investments in unconsolidated entities
    (568 )     (9,391 )     (431 )      
Distributions from unconsolidated entities
                2,026        
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (21,097 )     (31,312 )     (24,953 )     (23,407 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    2,475       2,496       265       430  
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (74,818 )     (51,467 )     (34,594 )     (166,704 )
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
                               
Repayment of financing arrangements
    (147,661 )     (190,349 )     (461,326 )     (542,473 )
Proceeds from financing arrangements
    220,554       189,315       368,883       624,921  
Deferred financing costs paid
                      (2,766 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (60,058 )                  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    2,581       4,595       3,976       2,501  
Dividends on common stock
    (6,454 )     (14,387 )     (9,531 )     (8,184 )
 
                       
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities
    8,962       (10,826 )     (97,998 )     73,999  
Cash Flows From Discontinued Operations:
                               
Net operating cash flows provided by discontinued operations
          28,316       20,417       10,360  
Net investing cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations
                35,403       (71 )
Net financing cash flows used in discontinued operations
                      (60 )
 
                       
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
          28,316       55,820       10,229  
 
                       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (21,719 )     25,629       4,183       (41,233 )
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents
    (251 )     774       (203 )     163  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
    36,882       10,479       6,499       47,569  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year
  $ 14,912     $ 36,882     $ 10,479     $ 6,499  
 
                       
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                               
Accrual for additional acquisition cost
  $     $ 22,575     $ 11,897     $ 25,754  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                               
Cash paid for interest, net
  $ 11,318     $ 20,968     $ 26,250     $ 33,531  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 17,589     $ 29,336     $ 38,509     $ 21,196  
See accompanying notes.

61


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
February 2, 2008
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principal Business Activity
     We are an international apparel design, sourcing and marketing company that features a diverse portfolio of owned and licensed brands, company-owned retail operations, and a collection of private label apparel businesses. Originally founded in 1942 as a Georgia corporation, we have undergone a transformation in recent years as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing and marketing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.
     All references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in these financial statements reflect continuing operations and exclude discontinued operations of our Womenswear Group, as discussed below, unless otherwise indicated.
Fiscal Year
     We operate and report our results of operations using a 52/53 week fiscal year. On October 8, 2007 our board of directors approved a change to our fiscal year end. Effective with our fiscal period which commenced on June 2, 2007, our fiscal year end will be the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Prior to this change to our fiscal year end, our fiscal years ended on the Friday nearest May 31. Accordingly, there was an eight month transition period from June 2, 2007 through February 2, 2008. As used in these financial statements, the terms listed below (or words of similar import) reflect the respective period noted:
     
Fiscal 2009
  52 weeks ending January 30, 2010
Fiscal 2008
  52 weeks ending January 31, 2009
Eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008
  35 weeks and one day ended February 2, 2008
Fiscal 2007
  52 weeks ended June 1, 2007
Eight months ended February 2, 2007
  35 weeks ended February 2, 2007
Fiscal 2006
  52 weeks ended June 2, 2006
Fiscal 2005
  53 weeks ended June 3, 2005
     As a result of the change in our fiscal year, we have presented the following unaudited information for the eight months ended February 2, 2007 for comparison purposes. Additionally, any information included in the financial statements or accompanying notes as of or for the eight months ended February 2, 2007 is unaudited.
                 
    Eight Month        
    Transition     Eight Months  
    Period Ended     Ended  
    February 2,     February 2,  
    2008     2007  
          (Unaudited)  
Net sales
  $ 695,798     $ 739,489  
Cost of goods sold
    420,038       453,794  
 
           
Gross profit
    275,760       285,695  
Selling, general and administrative
    244,033       234,951  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,184       4,198  
 
           
 
    247,217       239,149  
Royalties and other operating income
    12,451       9,637  
 
           
Operating income
    40,994       56,183  
Interest expense, net
    15,302       15,169  
 
           
Earnings before income taxes
    25,692       41,014  
Income taxes
    6,477       14,892  
 
           
Net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 19,215     $ 26,122  
 
           

62


Table of Contents

Principles of Consolidation
     Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest entity, of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of earnings from the respective dates of the acquisitions. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
     We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control and have not been determined to be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of the entity. However, as a matter of policy, if we own a greater than 50% ownership interest in an entity and the minority shareholders hold certain rights that allow them to approve or veto certain major decisions of the business, we would also use the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions, distributions and share of income or losses of the joint ventures. Allocations of income and loss and distributions by the entity are made in accordance with the terms of the individual joint venture agreements. Our investments accounted for under the equity method are included in other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets and the related income (loss) is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     Our total investment in unconsolidated entities which are accounted for under the equity method as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was $10.9 million, $10.4 million, $10.5 million (unaudited) and $0.8 million, respectively. These investments are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets and consist of an Oxford Apparel ownership interest in an entity that owns a manufacturing facility in Asia and an Oxford Apparel ownership interest in an entity which owns certain trademarks, including the Hathaway trademark, which was acquired in August 2006.
     Equity income (loss) from our investments in unconsolidated entities is included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of earnings and totaled $1.1 million, $1.2 million, $(0.5) million and $0.5 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we purchased approximately $8.8 million, $17.1 million, $11.1 million and $13.6 million, respectively, of inventory from our joint ventures accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The net amount due from (to) the unconsolidated entities accounted for using the equity method of accounting was $(0.3) million, $(0.5) million, $(0.4) million (unaudited) and $0.5 million at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
     Our revenue consists of wholesale, retail store, e-commerce and restaurant sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed and determinable, and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
     For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a completed purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting the goods persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time. In certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer. Retail store revenue, net of estimated returns, and restaurant revenues are recorded at the

63


Table of Contents

time of sale to consumers. E-commerce revenue, net of estimated returns, are recorded at the time of shipment to consumers. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues are recorded net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations’ sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers and provisions for estimated returns. As certain margin support allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns and allowances for wholesale customers include historical and current trends, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, reserve balances for these items were $14.3 million, $14.4 million, $15.0 million (unaudited) and $17.3 million, respectively.
     In circumstances where we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which are subjective and require certain assumptions. We record such charges and write-offs to selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, bad debt reserve balances were $1.3 million, $1.9 million $2.9 million (unaudited) and $3.4 million, respectively.
     We have determined that gift card balances are unlikely to be redeemed once they have been outstanding for four years and therefore may be recognized as income, subject to applicable laws in certain states. Gift card breakage is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     Royalties, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee’s actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data is received from licensees. We may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalties were $11.4 million, $13.3 million, $13.4 million and $11.5 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Such income is included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of earnings.
Cost of Goods Sold
     We include in cost of goods sold and inventories all manufacturing, sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities. These costs principally include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers’ fees and consolidators’ fees. For retail operations, in-bound freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores is also included.
     Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earnings classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     We include in selling, general and administrative expenses costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and shipping and handling of goods for delivery to customers. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses and our corporate overhead costs. Additionally, all costs associated with

64


Table of Contents

the operations of our retail stores and restaurants, such as labor and occupancy costs, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
     Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in selling, general and administrative expenses totaled approximately $20.7 million $31.4 million, $28.9 million and $28.3 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees as revenues and classify costs related to shipping in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the periods when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to the customers’ advertising and promotional funds are recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run to market specific products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in selling, general and administrative expense in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $16.8 million, $25.2 million, $26.4 million and $26.9 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 were $2.3 million, $1.6 million, $2.5 million (unaudited) and $1.4 million, respectively.
     Royalty expenses recognized as selling, general and administrative expense in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $5.5 million, $8.8 million, $10.4 million and $9.2 million, respectively. Such amounts are dependent upon sales of our products which we sell pursuant to the terms of a license agreement with another party.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
     We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Inventories, net
     For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, prior seasons’ fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. For retail inventory, we provide an allowance for shrinkage and goods expected to be sold below cost. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity, quality and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends and general economic conditions.
     For consolidated financial reporting, approximately $64.1 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting the $39.8 million LIFO reserve as of February 2, 2008. Approximately $94.8 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 2, 2008. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, approximately 40%, 52%, 48% (unaudited) and 49% of our inventories are accounted for using the LIFO method. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions, but generally our inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market relate to our historical businesses included in the Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel groups and our inventories valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market relate to recently acquired businesses. LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued

65


Table of Contents

at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. The impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10.
     During fiscal 2006, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Statement No. 151 “Inventory Costs, an Amendment of ARB No. 43 Chapter 4” (“FAS 151”). FAS 151 requires that items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and re-handling be recognized as current-period charges rather than being included in inventory regardless of whether the costs meet the criterion of abnormal as defined in ARB No. 43. The adoption of FAS 151 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Property, Plant and Equipment, net
     Property, plant and equipment, including any assets under capital leases and leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
     
Buildings and improvements
  7 - 50 years
Machinery and equipment
  2 - 15 years
Leasehold improvements
  Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term
     Property, plant and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
     Depreciation expense for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, includes approximately $1.1 million of impairment charges for property, plant and equipment that we own. These charges, which were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings, primarily relate to the determination to discontinue the use of certain trade show assets. During fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we did not recognize any material impairment charges for property, plant and equipment.
Goodwill, net
     Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Such goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal.
     Significant estimates included in such a valuation include future cash flow projections of the business, which are based on our future expectations for the business. Additionally, the discount rate used in this analysis is an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital. If this analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
     We test goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in estimating future cash flows for the analysis. Due to the change in our fiscal year, we tested for impairment on the first day of the last two months of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. No impairment of goodwill was identified during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.

66


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets, net
     At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks and trade names, license agreements and customer relationships. The fair values of these intangible assets are estimated based on management’s assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuation may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
     Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which consist of license agreements, certain trademarks, customer relationships and covenants not to compete, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future undiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment charges for intangible assets with finite lives were recognized during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.
     Trademarks and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of intangible assets with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors including estimates of future net sales, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks and discount rates. If this analysis indicates an impairment of an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
     We test intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter, which coincides with the timing of our annual budgeting process that is used in estimating future cash flows for the analysis. Due to the change in our fiscal year, we tested for impairment on the first day of the last two months of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was identified during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
     Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses including rent, taxes, insurance, royalties and advertising. Other non-current assets primarily consist of investments in joint ventures which are accounted for on the equity method, deferred financing costs and investments related to our deferred compensation plans.
Deferred Financing Costs
     Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates an effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of earnings was $1.6 million, $2.3 million, $2.3 million and $4.3 million during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. In fiscal 2005, approximately $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs were written off as a result of an amendment to certain of our financing arrangements and were included in the amortization expense amount above. Unamortized deferred financing costs totaled approximately $5.2 million, $6.6 million, $7.3 million (unaudited) and $8.9 million at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.

67


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation
     We have certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans offered to a select group of management and highly compensated employees with varying terms and conditions. The plans provide the participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of the participating employee’s total compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched in accordance with the terms of the respective plan. All deferred amounts vest immediately, but the matching contributions may require up to two years of service prior to vesting. We fund these deferred compensation liabilities by making contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments, dependent upon the requirements of the plan. Investments held for our deferred compensation plans consist of marketable securities and insurance contracts. These investments are recorded at fair value based on quoted prices in an active market or based on valuations provided by insurance carriers, which may incorporate unobservable factors . A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the employee resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.
     The total fair value of the deferred compensation investments, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was $12.0 million, $11.1 million, $10.3 million (unaudited) and $8.5 million, respectively. As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, approximately $10.2 million, $9.2 million, $8.4 million (unaudited) and $4.9 million, respectively, of these investments were held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plans are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled approximately $11.9 million, $11.5 million $11.2 million (unaudited) and $9.5 million at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.
Trade Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses
     Liabilities for trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses are carried at cost which is the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers compensation, which are included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.
     We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal, environmental or tax items in the ordinary course of business. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in the consolidated financial statements. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome and amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly.
Other Non-current Liabilities
     Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our lease agreements, as discussed below and deferred compensation and income tax uncertainties, as discussed in note 9 and note 8, respectively.
     Upon our adoption of EITF 06-4 “Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” (“EITF 06-4”) at the beginning of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, we recognized a liability for the post-retirement benefit portion of certain endorsement-type split-dollar life insurance policies because the liability is not effectively settled by the purchase of a life insurance policy. The liability for future benefits is recognized based on the substantive agreement with the employee (which provides a future death benefit). The adoption of EITF 06-4, resulted in an immaterial decrease in retained earnings and recognition of a non-current liability upon adoption. As of February 2, 2008, such obligations totaled approximately $0.7 million, with no balances recognized prior to the beginning of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.

68


Table of Contents

Leases
     In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain plant and equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property, plant and equipment and short-term and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
     When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays or landlord build-out related allowances, rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space. The excess between the average rental amount and amounts currently payable under the lease is recorded in other non-current liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was approximately $30.5 million, $25.0 million, $20.6 million (unaudited) and $16.0 million, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.
Dividends
     Dividends are accrued at the time that the dividend is declared by our board of directors.
Other Comprehensive Income
     Other comprehensive income includes all changes in equity from non-owner sources such as foreign currency translation adjustments. Other comprehensive income amounts reflected in our consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity are net of tax. We increased comprehensive income and other comprehensive income and decreased non-current deferred income taxes for the year ended June 1, 2007 by $3.0 million from amounts previously reported to properly reflect the impact of the change in our APB 23 assertion, as discussed in note 8, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007. During the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, foreign currency translation adjustments were the only items recorded in other comprehensive income.
Foreign Currency Translation
     Assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date and income and expenses are remeasured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the reporting period. The impact of any such remeasurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of earnings in the respective period. These gains and losses were not material for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005. The financial statements of our subsidiaries for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period for the statements of earnings. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income in our consolidated balance sheets.
Forward Foreign Exchange Contracts
     We are exposed to foreign exchange risk when we purchase or sell goods in foreign currencies. We may enter into short-term forward foreign exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate the risk associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory by certain of our foreign subsidiaries. To date, our forward foreign exchange contracts have not been designated as hedges for accounting purposes, thus the changes in fair value of the derivative instruments are included in earnings. Such contracts have not been entered into for speculative purposes. Unrealized gains and losses on outstanding foreign currency exchange contracts used to mitigate currency risk on future purchases are included in earnings as a component of selling, general and

69


Table of Contents

administrative expenses in our consolidated statements of earnings and recognized as an asset or liability in our consolidated balance sheets. Fair values for such contracts are generally obtained from counterparties. Although we did have forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding at times during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, we did not have any forward foreign exchange contracts outstanding.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
     Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and long-term debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable approximate their fair values. The carrying amounts of our variable rate borrowings approximate their fair value as the interest rate changes with the market rate. The fair value of our fixed rate debt is approximately $197.0 million as of February 2, 2008 based on a discounted cash flow assessment of the required principal and interest payments using a market-based discount rate.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
     Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts receivable, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise in all major retail distribution channels across the United States, as well as some distribution channels in other countries. We extend and continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer’s financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. Macy’s, our largest customer, accounted for 11% and 10% of our consolidated sales in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively. No customer accounted for greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations during fiscal 2006 and 2005. Macy’s and JC Penney each represent 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net as of February 2, 2008.
     In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, our two largest Tommy Bahama customers each represented 12% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented 10% of Ben Sherman sales, our two largest Lanier Clothes customers represented 28% and 22% of Lanier Clothes sales and our two largest Oxford Apparel customers represented 18% and 16% of Oxford Apparel sales.
     In fiscal 2007, our largest Tommy Bahama customer represented 15% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented 11% of Ben Sherman sales, our two largest Lanier Clothes customers represented 27% and 24% of Lanier Clothes sales and our two largest Oxford Apparel customers represented 18% and 11% of Oxford Apparel sales. In fiscal 2006, our largest Tommy Bahama customer represented 16% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented 12% of Ben Sherman sales, our largest three Lanier Clothes customers represented 24%, 24% and 13% of Lanier Clothes sales and our largest Oxford Apparel customer represented 20% of Oxford Apparel sales. In fiscal 2005, our largest Tommy Bahama customer represented 17% of Tommy Bahama sales, our largest Ben Sherman customer represented 13% of Ben Sherman sales, our largest three Lanier Clothes customers represented 29%, 25% and 18% of Lanier Clothes sales and our largest two customers represented 25% and 11% of Oxford Apparel sales.
Income Taxes
     We recognize deferred tax liabilities and assets based on the difference between the financial and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. Our policy is to recognize net deferred tax assets, whose realization is dependent upon taxable earnings in future years, when a greater than 50% probability exists that the tax benefits will actually be realized some time in the future. No material valuation allowances for deferred tax assets have been recognized in our financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

     In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50%) to be sustained upon examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. De-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained.
     We file income tax returns in the United Sates and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before May 30, 2003, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.
     Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the exercise of our employee stock options and the vesting of stock granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference between the fair market value of the stock at the time of the exercise and the option price, if any, times the approximate tax rate. We have recorded the benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of stock granted to employees as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent compensation expense has been recorded, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional benefit is recorded directly to shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets.
Discontinued Operations
     On June 2, 2006, we sold substantially all of the net assets and operations of our Womenswear Group for approximately $37 million. The results of operations for this business, which were reported as a separate operating group, have been reported as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of earnings. The assets and liabilities related to these discontinued operations have been reclassified to current assets, non-current assets, current liabilities and non-current liabilities related to discontinued operations, as applicable.
     Proceeds from the transaction were equivalent to the net tangible assets of the Womenswear Group as of June 2, 2006 which were sold, plus $25 million. We recognized an after-tax gain on sale of the discontinued operations of approximately $10.4 million, which represented the proceeds less the book value of the goodwill related to the Womenswear Group operations of $4.0 million, transaction costs primarily consisting of professional fees of $0.5 million, payments to the employees of the Womenswear Group of approximately $1.9 million, stock compensation costs of approximately $1.8 million related to the modification of certain stock option and restricted stock awards of the employees of the Womenswear Group and income taxes of approximately $6.3 million related to the transaction.
     With respect to interest expense, we have allocated interest expense to earnings from discontinued operations based on the net proceeds from the transaction, as well as the proceeds from the settlement of the retained assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations. All proceeds from the transaction and the conversion of the net retained assets were used to repay debt on our U.S. Revolver (as defined in Note 5). Approximately $1.9 million, and $1.8 million of corporate service costs for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively, that were allocated to our Womenswear Group prior to its classification as discontinued operations were not classified as discontinued operations, but instead included in Corporate and Other as those corporate costs may continue. The income tax rate used for the tax effect of the discontinued operations is based on the domestic effective rate of Oxford Industries, Inc. as the assets and operations disposed of were primarily domestic operations of that entity and should not be impacted by rates in foreign jurisdictions or rates of other subsidiaries.

71


Table of Contents

     As of June 2, 2006, amounts included in current assets related to discontinued operations consisted of approximately $48.2 million of receivables, net and $11.0 million of inventories. During fiscal 2007, we collected the outstanding accounts receivable from our customers and sold the goods-in-transit of our Womenswear Group as of the date of the transaction as the goods were delivered to the purchaser of our Womenswear Group operations. Net sales for our Womenswear Group were $10.8 million, $285.2 million and $256.8 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Pretax profit recognized in discontinued operations were ($0.3) million, $14.3 million and $9.5 million in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Tax expense allocated to discontinued operations, excluding the amount allocated related to the transaction in fiscal 2006, were ($0.1) million, $5.4 million and $3.6 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. No net sales or profits were recognized as a result of the discontinued Womenswear Group operations during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008.
     In connection with the transaction, we, among other things, entered into a license agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we granted a perpetual license (subject to the limitations set forth in the license agreement) to the purchaser to use the trade name “Oxford Collections,” a services agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we provided, for a period of up to 18 months, provide certain transitional support services to the purchaser in its operation of the transferred assets, and a limited non-competition agreement with the purchaser pursuant to which we have agreed (subject to the exceptions set forth in the non-competition agreement) not to engage in certain activities through May 2009.
Stock-Based Compensation
     We have certain stock-based employee compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards to our employees. On June 3, 2006, we adopted FASB Statement No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (FAS 123R). FAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB 25), and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” FAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.
     Upon adoption of FAS 123R, we applied the modified prospective transition method. Under this transition method, we (1) did not restate any prior periods and (2) are recognizing compensation expense for all share-based payment awards that were outstanding, but not yet vested, as of June 3, 2006, based upon the same estimated grant-date fair values and service periods used to prepare our pro forma disclosures in prior years. The fair values of these stock options were estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumption ranges: risk-free interest rates between 4.565% and 6.510%, dividend yields between 1.28% and 4.87%, volatility factors between 0.2814 and 0.3525, and expected lives of ten years.
     In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we accounted for employee stock compensation using the intrinsic value method. No compensation expense is generally recognized related to stock options using the intrinsic value method because the exercise price of our employee stock option equaled the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. To the extent that stock options are modified, which may result in a new measurement date and the recognition of compensation expense, such expense is included in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.
     Using the fair value method and the intrinsic value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the issuance of restricted stock awards which are generally dependent upon us meeting certain performance measures in one year and the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequent to the performance period. The amount of compensation expense recognized over the performance and vesting period is calculated based upon the market value of the shares on the grant date. The compensation expense, less an estimated forfeiture rate if material, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the performance period and required service period. The estimated forfeiture rate is assessed and adjusted periodically as appropriate.

72


Table of Contents

     The impact on net earnings from continuing operations and our consolidated statements of cash flows resulting from the adoption of FAS 123R for each period subsequent to adoption is included in the following table (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
                 
    Eight Month    
    Transition Period    
    Ended February 2,   Fiscal
    2008   2007
Stock compensation expense recognized in net earnings from continuing operations:
               
Related to restricted stock awards and the modification of employee stock options which would have been recognized under FAS 123R and APB 25
  $ 555     $ 1,364  
Related to employee stock options and stock purchase plan which would not have been expensed under APB 25
  $ 621     $ 1,037  
     
Total stock compensation expense in net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 1,176     $ 2,401  
 
               
Per share amount after tax related to employee stock options and stock purchase plan which would not have been expensed under APB 25
  $ 0.02     $ 0.04  
 
               
Income tax benefit related to the compensation expense
  $ 459     $ 937  
Increase in cash flow from operations from the adoption of FAS 123R
  $ 283     $ 1,136  
     The effect on continuing operations and net earnings of applying the fair value method to our stock option plans in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 is demonstrated below (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):
                 
    Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  
Net earnings from continuing operations, as reported
  $ 51,201     $ 43,951  
Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense recognized in continuing operations as determined under intrinsic value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    843       597  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense to be recognized in continuing operations determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (1,520 )     (1,331 )
 
           
Pro forma net earnings from continuing operations
  $ 50,524     $ 43,217  
 
           
Basic net earnings from continuing operations per common share as reported
  $ 2.93     $ 2.62  
Pro forma basic net earnings from continuing operations per common share
  $ 2.89     $ 2.57  
Diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share as reported
  $ 2.88     $ 2.53  
Pro forma diluted net earnings from continuing operations per common share
  $ 2.85     $ 2.52  
 
           
Net earnings as reported
  $ 70,471     $ 49,827  
Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense recognized net earnings as determined under intrinsic value method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    2,079       639  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense to be recognized in net earnings determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (2,854 )     (1,486 )
 
           
Pro forma net earnings
  $ 69,696     $ 48,980  
 
           
Basic net earnings per common share as reported
  $ 4.03     $ 2.97  
Pro forma basic net earnings per common share
  $ 3.98     $ 2.92  
Diluted net earnings per common share as reported
  $ 3.96     $ 2.87  
Pro forma diluted net earnings per common share
  $ 3.93     $ 2.85  
Earnings Per Share
     Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period without any consideration for the impact of shares which are issuable upon the exercise of a stock option or unvested shares which are contingent upon an employee providing future services. Shares received under an accelerated share repurchase program or other repurchase program are removed from the weighted average number of common shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery. In November 2007, approximately 1.9 million shares

73


Table of Contents

were delivered under our current $60 million accelerated share repurchase program, as discussed in note 7, and therefore removed from the calculation of weighted average number of common shares outstanding on that date.
     Diluted earnings per common share includes the effect of all stock options and unvested common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for stock options and restricted shares that are “in the money,” and that we use the proceeds of such stock option exercises to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, that will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of the stock options and vesting of the unvested shares. For fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 no stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, but approximately 0.2 million stock options were excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding as the shares were anti-dilutive.
     For purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, shares issuable pursuant to any earn-out agreements and any performance based stock awards are included in the calculation as of the first day of the quarter in which the performance criteria is met. During fiscal 2005, approximately 485,000 shares were included in the calculation as of the first day of the fourth quarter, which is the period that the earn-out targets were met, although the shares were not issued until the next fiscal year. No shares were issued related to the fiscal 2007 and 2006 earn-out payments as those amounts were paid in cash.
Seasonality
     Although our various product lines are sold on a year-round basis, the demand for specific products or styles may be seasonal. For example, the demand for golf and Tommy Bahama products is higher in the spring and summer seasons. Generally our products are sold prior to each of the retail selling seasons, including spring, summer, fall and holiday. As the timing of product shipments and other events affecting the retail business may vary, results for any particular quarter may not be indicative of results for the full year. The percentage of net sales by quarter (unaudited) for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 27%, 23%, 26% and 24%, respectively, and the percentage of earnings before income taxes by quarter (unaudited) for the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 was 40%, 18%, 28% and 14%, respectively, which we do not believe is indicative of the distribution in future years as the last three quarters of the twelve months ended February 2, 2008 were impacted by the current economic environment.
Use of Estimates
     The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 141(R) “Applying the Acquisition Method” (“FAS 141R”). FAS 141R is required to be adopted in fiscal 2009. FAS 141R provides guidance for accounting for acquisitions subsequent to the date of adoption. FAS 141R requires that (1) 100% of the fair values of acquired assets and liabilities, with limited exceptions, are recognized even if the acquirer has not acquired 100% of the acquired entity, (2) contingent consideration is recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition rather than recognizing as earned, (3) transaction costs are expenses as incurred rather than being capitalized as part of the fair value of the acquired entity, (4) pre-acquisition contingencies will be recorded at fair value the estimated fair value on the date of acquisition, (5) the criteria for accruing for a restructuring plan must be met as of the date of acquisition, and (6) acquired research and development value is not expensed, but instead capitalized as an indefinite-lived intangible asset, subject to periodic impairment testing. We are currently assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 141R.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157 “Fair Value Measurements” (“FAS 157”). FAS 157 is required to be adopted in fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities, and fiscal 2009 for non-financial

74


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities. FAS 157 provides enhanced guidance for using fair value measure of assets and liabilities. The standard also requires additional disclosures about the extent to which companies measure assets and liabilities at fair value, the information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings. We are currently assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 157.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 159 “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“FAS 159”). FAS 159 is required to be adopted in fiscal 2009. FAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure eligible items in the balance sheet at fair value at specified election dates with the unrealized gains and losses recognized in earnings. We are currently assessing the potential impact of adopting FAS 159.
Note 2. Inventories
     The components of inventories are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Finished goods
  $ 171,685     $ 139,087     $ 161,953     $ 125,466  
Work in process
    10,142       12,031       13,496       9,774  
Fabric, trim and supplies
    16,912       25,498       29,068       26,308  
LIFO reserve
    (39,814 )     (39,283 )     (38,304 )     (37,954 )
 
                       
Total inventory
  $ 158,925     $ 137,333     $ 166,213     $ 123,594  
 
                       
Note 3. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
     Property, plant and equipment, carried at cost, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Land
  $ 740     $ 2,021     $ 2,045     $ 2,045  
Buildings
    24,959       26,717       29,845       29,606  
Machinery and equipment
    73,891       70,445       71,023       64,016  
Leasehold improvements
    92,886       79,948       72,673       63,430  
 
                       
Subtotal
    192,476       179,131       175,586       159,097  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (99,974 )     (91,808 )     (94,091 )     (85,434 )
 
                       
Total property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 92,502     $ 87,323     $ 81,495     $ 73,663  
 
                       
Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
     Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Intangible assets with finite lives:
                               
Gross carrying amount:
                               
License agreements
  $ 21,282     $ 21,309     $ 21,256     $ 21,114  
Customer relationships
    19,757       19,757       19,742       19,603  
Trademarks
    4,827       4,827       4,821        
Covenant not to compete
    460       460       460       460  
 
                       
Subtotal
    46,326       46,353       46,279       41,177  

75


Table of Contents

                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Accumulated amortization:
                               
License agreements
    (18,354 )     (16,617 )     (15,261 )     (12,207 )
Customer relationships
    (13,566 )     (12,384 )     (11,634 )     (10,677 )
Trademarks
    (351 )     (149 )     (45 )      
Covenant not to compete
    (460 )     (460 )     (421 )     (345 )
 
                       
Subtotal
    (32,731 )     (29,610 )     (27,361 )     (23,229 )
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net
    13,595       16,743       18,918       17,948  
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:
                               
Trademarks
    217,338       217,338       216,885       216,505  
 
                       
Total intangible assets, net
  $ 230,933     $ 234,081     $ 235,803     $ 234,453  
 
                       
     During fiscal 2007, we determined that certain trademarks previously considered to have an indefinite life have a finite life and reclassified those amounts to trademarks with finite lives above. The useful lives assigned to these trademarks range from 10 to 20 years. Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for the twelve months ending January 2009, January 2010, January 2011, January 2012 and January 2013 is projected to total $3.1 million, $2.1 million, $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
     Goodwill primarily relates to the acquisition of Tommy Bahama in June 2003, Ben Sherman in July 2004 and the third party buying agent utilized by Tommy Bahama in January 2008, which were allocated to the Tommy Bahama Group, Ben Sherman Group and Tommy Bahama Group, respectively. No intangible assets were identified on the date of acquisition of the third party buying agent of the Tommy Bahama Group, therefore all amounts paid in excess of tangible assets and liabilities was included in goodwill. The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 are as follows (in thousands):
         
Balance, May 28, 2004
  $ 111,434  
Ben Sherman acquisition
    46,325  
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2005 earn-out
    26,331  
Other
    481  
 
     
Balance, June 3, 2005
    184,571  
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2006 earn-out
    12,258  
Other
    2,403  
 
     
Balance, June 2, 2006
    199,232  
Tommy Bahama acquisition fiscal 2007 earn-out and cumulative earn-out
    22,264  
Other
    934  
 
     
Balance, June 1, 2007
    222,430  
Acquisition of Tommy Bahama’s buying agent
    35,491  
 
     
Balance, February 2, 2008
  $ 257,921  
 
     
     After considering all payments, the total purchase price for Tommy Bahama was approximately $339.5 million, consisting of $240 million in cash and $10 million in our common stock at closing, approximately $3.4 million in transaction costs and total earn-out payments of $86.1 million, of which $38.4 million was paid in common stock.
     Approximately 95% of the total value of the contingent payments, paid to selling stockholders was treated as additional purchase price and recorded as goodwill in our consolidated balance sheets. The remaining 5% of the total value of all consideration that was due and payable under the earn-out agreement was designated to be paid toward an employee cash bonus plan to be distributed to employees of Tommy Bahama under the terms of the plan. The contingent payments designated toward the employee cash bonus plan were charged to selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of earnings in the respective period.

76


Table of Contents

Note 5. Debt
     The following table details our debt (in thousands) as of the dates specified:
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
$280 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“U.S. Revolver”), which accrues interest (6.0% at February 2, 2008), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to certain debt ratios, requires interest payments monthly with principal due at maturity (July 2009), and is collateralized by substantially all the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (1)
  $ 72,900     $     $     $ 900  
£12 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (“U.K. Revolver”), which accrues interest at the bank’s base rate plus 1.0%, requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand or at maturity (July 2008), and is collateralized by substantially all the United Kingdom assets of Ben Sherman
                      102  
$200 million Senior Unsecured Notes (“Senior Unsecured Notes”), which accrue interest at 8.875% (effective interest rate of 9.0%) and require interest payments semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, require payment of principal at maturity (June 2011), are subject to certain prepayment penalties, as discussed below, and are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries
    200,000       200,000       200,000       200,000  
Other debt
          403       406       35  
Unamortized discount on Senior Unsecured Notes
    (586 )     (706 )     (764 )     (884 )
 
                       
Total debt
    272,314       199,697       199,642       200,153  
Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt
    (37,900 )     (403 )     (406 )     (130 )
 
                       
Long-term debt, less current maturities
  $ 234,414     $ 199,294     $ 199,236     $ 200,023  
 
                       
 
(1)   $35.0 million and $37.9 million of the amount outstanding under the U.S. Revolver at February 2, 2008 was classified as long-term debt and short-term debt, respectively. The amount classified as long-term debt represents the minimum amount we anticipate outstanding under the U.S. Revolver during fiscal 2008.
     Our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver are used to finance trade letters of credit and standby letters of credit, as well as provide funding for other operating activities and acquisitions. As of February 2, 2008, approximately $52.2 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability were outstanding against our U.S. Revolver and the U.K. Revolver. The aggregate net availability under our U.S. Revolver and U.K. Revolver agreements was approximately $178.7 million as of February 2, 2008 subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in our U.S. Revolver, U.K. Revolver and the indenture for the Senior Unsecured Notes.
     Our U.S. Revolver and Senior Unsecured Notes each include certain debt covenant restrictions that require us or our subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios that we believe are customary for similar facilities. As of February 2, 2008, we were compliant with all financial covenants and restricted payment provisions related to our debt agreements.
     Our U.S. Revolver also includes limitations on certain restricted payments, including payment of dividends. Pursuant to the U.S. Revolver agreement, subject to other conditions, we may pay dividends if our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio, as defined in the U.S. Revolver agreement, for the four preceding quarters would have been not more than 3.00:1.00 after giving effect to the dividend payment. Our U.S. Revolver further provides that, effective as of August 3, 2008, this limitation will change so that we may make restricted payments such as dividends if, subject to other conditions, our Total Debt to EBITDA ratio for the four preceding quarters is 2.75:1.00 after giving effect to the payment. Additionally, our Senior Unsecured Notes include limitations on the payment of dividends. Pursuant to the indenture governing our Senior Unsecured Notes, we may make certain Restricted Payments, as defined in the indenture, to the extent that the sum of the Restricted Payments do not exceed the allowable amount described in the indenture. Restricted Payments include the payment of dividends, the repurchase of our common shares, repayment of certain debt, the payment of amounts pursuant to earn-out agreements and certain investments. The allowable amount includes 50% of GAAP net income, as adjusted, cash proceeds from the issuance of shares of our common stock including stock options and restricted stock awards and certain other items. We were compliant with these limitations as of February 2, 2008.

77


Table of Contents

     The Senior Unsecured Notes are subject to redemption at any time after June 1, 2007, at our option, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice. During the period from June 1, 2007 through May 31, 2008, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 104.438% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. During the period from June 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 102.219% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. Subsequent to June 1, 2009, the amount paid at redemption would be equal to 100.000% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Unsecured Notes to be redeemed together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies
     We have operating lease agreements for buildings, retail space, sales offices and equipment with varying terms. The aggregate minimum rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $32.9 million, $32.9 million, $31.3 million, $29.7 million, $27.2 million and $86.1 million for the twelve months ending January 2009, January 2010, January 2011, January 2012, January 2013 and thereafter, respectively. The total base rent expense under all leases was $26.5 million, $36.5 million, $33.2 million and $28.5 million in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively. Additionally, most leases provide for additional payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and contingent rent based on retail sales which are not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments above as the amounts payable in future periods are generally not specified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges were $8.2 million and $10.8 million in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively, which includes $0.7 million and $1.2 million of percentage rent during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007, respectively.
     We are also currently obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $8.1 million, $5.1 million, $2.6 million, $1.9 million for the twelve months ending January 2009, January 2010, January 2011, January 2012, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts due under arrangements which require a royalty fee or sales commission based on a specified percentage of net sales in future periods.
     In a prior fiscal year, we discovered the presence of a hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil. As of February 2, 2008, the reserve for the remediation of this site is approximately $4.4 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs to clean up this site based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the activities required to remediate this site become known. No significant amounts have been recorded in the statement of earnings for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 or fiscal 2005.
     As of February 2, 2008, we do not have any material obligations outstanding under any earn-out agreements.
Note 7. Shareholders Equity Transactions
Accelerated Share Repurchase Program
     On November 8, 2007, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Bank of America, N.A., an unrelated third party, under which we are repurchasing $60 million of our common stock. The material terms of the agreement are as follows:

78


Table of Contents

    The agreement provides for a capped accelerated share repurchase pursuant to which we will purchase shares of our common stock from Bank of America for an aggregate purchase price of $60 million.
 
    On November 8, 2007, we made a payment of $60 million to Bank of America in respect of the shares to be acquired under the agreement. We funded this payment from borrowings under our U.S. Revolver.
 
    Bank of America made an initial delivery to us of 1.9 million shares of our common stock during November 2007.
 
    The actual per share purchase price and the number of shares to be repurchased will be based on the volume weighted average price, or VWAP, of our common stock over a specified calculation period, beginning on November 20, 2007 and ending no later than May 19, 2008. The purchase price we will pay under the agreement will not exceed $30.95556 per share.
 
    At the end of the repurchase program, Bank of America will be required to deliver additional shares if the VWAP over the specified calculation period is below $30.95556.
 
    The agreement contains other terms and conditions governing the accelerated stock repurchase, including the circumstances under which Bank of America is permitted to terminate the program early or extend the repurchase period and the circumstances under which we may be required to purchase shares at a price in excess of the cap price or would receive shares representing less than $60 million of the VWAP for our common stock during the calculation period.
     Except in limited circumstances, we will not be required to reissue any of the acquired shares to Bank of America pursuant to the accelerated share repurchase agreement. At this time, the maximum number of shares that may yet be acquired under the accelerated share repurchase program is not determinable.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
     As of February 2, 2008, approximately 0.9 million share awards were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan”), which was approved by our shareholders on October 5, 2004. The plan allows us to grant stock-based awards to employees and non-executive directors including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other performance-based benefits. Shares granted under our previous stock incentive plans, the 1992 Stock Option Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan continue to be governed under those plans and the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise, termination and forfeiture. No additional grants are available under the previous plans. Under the previous plans, we typically granted stock options to employees at the end of each fiscal year or at certain other times as determined by the board of directors through December 2003. Stock options were granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value on the date of grant. The stock options have ten-year terms and vest and become exercisable in increments of 20% on each anniversary from the date of grant.
     In fiscal 2005, upon inception of the Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, we transitioned from the use of options to performance and service based restricted stock awards as the primary vehicle in our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of share-based compensation awards. The value of the restricted stock awards are based on the grant-date fair value.
     During fiscal 2007 and 2006, we issued restricted stock awards to certain employees and members of our board of directors based on our achievement of certain performance criteria in fiscal 2006 and 2005, respectively. The restricted shares will generally vest three years from the end of the fiscal year in which the awards were earned if the employee is still employed by us on that date. At the time that the shares are issued, the shareholder is entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The employee is restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares and forfeits the shares upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by the compensation committee. No restricted stock awards were issued to employees for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007 as the performance criteria specified at the grant date was not met.

79


Table of Contents

     The table below summarizes the restricted stock award activity during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006:
                         
    Eight Month        
    Transition        
    Period        
    Ended        
    February 2,   Fiscal   Fiscal
    2008   2007   2006
Restricted stock outstanding at beginning of fiscal period
    88,910       67,125        
Restricted stock issued
          40,440       72,225  
Restricted stock vested
    (12,460 )     (13,536 )     (4,725 )
Restricted stock forfeited
    (3,586 )     (5,119 )     (375 )
 
                       
Restricted stock outstanding at end of fiscal period
    72,864       88,910       67,125  
 
                       
     In addition, in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, we granted restricted stock awards to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee directors’ compensation by granting restricted stock awards, which are not dependent upon any performance criteria. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights of other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of February 2, 2008, approximately 0.02 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.
     As of February 2, 2008, there was approximately $0.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation awards which have been issued. That cost is expected to be recognized through June 2009. The following table summarizes information about the unvested shares as of February 2, 2008.
                         
    Number of   Market Price on    
Restricted Stock Grant   Shares   Date of Grant   Vesting Date
Fiscal 2005 Performance Awards
    41,100     $ 42     June 2008
Fiscal 2006 Performance Awards
    31,764     $ 42     June 2009
 
                       
 
    72,864                  
 
                       
     A summary of the status of our stock option plans and changes during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 is presented below:
                                                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition Period                    
    Ended February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average             Average  
            Exercise             Exercise             Exercise             Exercise  
    Shares     Price     Shares     Price     Shares     Price     Shares     Price  
Stock options outstanding, beginning of fiscal period
    364,950     $ 22       533,180     $ 22       763,380     $ 21       1,003,920     $ 19  
Stock options exercised
    (122,685 )     15       (137,290 )     20       (179,260 )     17       (175,020 )     14  
Stock options forfeited
    (10,400 )     28       (30,940 )     28       (50,940 )     25       (65,520 )     26  
 
                                               
Stock options outstanding, end of fiscal period
    231,865     $ 25       364,950     $ 22       533,180     $ 22       763,380     $ 21  
 
                                               
Stock options exercisable, end of fiscal period
    181,865               216,350               218,460               215,080          

80


Table of Contents

     The total intrinsic value for options exercised during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $2.2 million, $3.3 million, $5.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The total fair value (as calculated as of the date of grant) for options that vested during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $1.4 million, $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value for all options outstanding and exercisable, excluding the 0.2 million of options which have no intrinsic value at February 2, 2008 as their exercise price exceeds the stock price at that date, was approximately $0.7 million. As of February 2, 2008, there was approximately $0.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, all of which will be recognized during fiscal 2008.
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of February 2, 2008.
                                         
    Number of   Exercise   Grant Date   Number    
Date of Option Grant   Shares   Price   Fair Value   Exercisable   Expiration Date
July 13, 1998
    1,000     $ 17.83     $ 5.16       1,000     July 13, 2008
July 12, 1999
    3,800       13.94       4.70       3,800     July 12, 2009
July 10, 2000
    2,200       8.63       2.03       2,200     July 10, 2010
July 16, 2001
    11,895       10.73       3.18       11,895     July 16, 2011
July 15, 2002
    39,880       11.73       3.25       39,880     July 15, 2012
August 18, 2003
    90,440       26.44       11.57       61,740     Aug. 18, 2013
December 16, 2003
    82,650       32.75       14.17       61,350     Dec. 16, 2013
 
                                       
 
    231,865                       181,865          
 
                                       
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
     On October 5, 2004, our shareholders approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). There are approximately 0.2 million shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the ESPP, which allows for qualified employees to purchase shares on a quarterly basis based on certain limitations with respect to the employee’s salary and other limitations through payroll deductions. There are no vesting or other restrictions on the stock purchased by employees under the ESPP. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the market price on that date. Stock compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
Note 8. Income Taxes
     The provision (benefit) for income taxes includes the following (in thousands):
                                 
    Eight                    
    Month                    
    Transition                    
    Period                    
    Ended                    
    February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
Current:
                               
Federal
  $ 8,374     $ 25,514     $ 18,551     $ 21,226  
State
    943       2,537       2,560       881  
Foreign
    2,093       2,593       4,680       5,084  
 
                       
 
    11,410       30,644       25,791       27,191  
Adjustment for enacted tax rate changes
    (1,891 )                  
Deferred
    (3,042 )     (4,331 )     (2,847 )     (5,014 )
 
                       
Income Taxes
  $ 6,477     $ 26,313     $ 22,944       22,177  
 
                       

81


Table of Contents

     Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:
                                 
    Eight            
    Month            
    Transition            
    Period            
    Ended            
    February 2,   Fiscal   Fiscal   Fiscal
    2008   2007   2006   2005
Statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes — net of federal income tax benefit
    2.3 %     2.0 %     1.8 %     1.1 %
Impact of foreign earnings (1)
    (7.0 )%     (2.4 )%     (1.5 )%     (1.4 )%
Impact of APB 23 assertion (2)
          (4.5 )%            
Section 965 repatriation (3)
                (4.0 )%      
Change in contingency reserve
          0.9 %     (1.0 )%     (0.9 )%
Other adjustment (4)
          2.1 %            
Impact of enacted tax rate changes
    (7.4 )%                  
Other, net
    2.3 %     0.4 %     0.6 %     (0.3 )%
 
                               
Effective rate for continuing operations
    25.2 %     33.5 %     30.9 %     33.5 %
 
                               
 
(1)   The percentage in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 is higher than normal due to the change in the amortization amount of goodwill being proportional to the change in the calendar but the change in our earnings before income taxes was not proportional to the change in the calendar.
 
(2)   In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 23 “Accounting for Income Taxes — Special Areas” (“APB 23”) we made the determination in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 that our original investment in Ben Sherman U.K. is considered to be indefinitely reinvested and accordingly, recorded an income tax benefit to reverse the deferred tax liability previously recorded related to the excess of book over tax basis. Upon distribution of the original investment in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to United States income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits). If the original investment were not permanently reinvested, an additional deferred tax liability of approximately $3.9 million would have been required as of February 2, 2008. The excess of book over tax basis of the original investment as of February 2, 2008 was approximately $11.2 million.
 
(3)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we completed our assessment of earnings to be repatriated under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and repatriated approximately $22.9 million of earnings, which were not previously considered permanently invested outside of the United States. The impact of this repatriation has been included in our tax provision for fiscal 2006. The repatriation of the earnings resulted in a one-time reduction to tax expense of approximately $2.9 million in fiscal 2006.
 
(4)   The other adjustment in fiscal 2007 relates to reconciliation adjustments to tax balances arising in prior years.
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following (in thousands):
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Deferred Tax Assets:
                               
Inventories
  $ 1,044     $ 1,327     $ 1,820     $ 2,003  
Accrued compensation and benefits
    7,527       8,438       6,796       6,260  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    190       334       446       566  
Depreciation and amortization
    8,855       7,317       6,376       5,458  
Non-current liabilities
    1,723       1,740       1,707       1,709  
Deferred rent and lease obligations
    1,507       1,379       2,048       1,952  
Other, net
    2,657       2,616       2,280       2,761  
 
                       
Deferred tax assets
    23,503       23,151       21,473       20,709  

82


Table of Contents

                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
                               
Acquired intangible assets
    76,815       79,525       84,183       83,048  
Foreign
    1,326       3,728       5,063       3,167  
Other, net
    614       4,008       3,158       3,067  
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities
    78,775       87,261       92,404       89,282  
 
                       
Net deferred tax (liability) asset
  $ (55,252 )   $ (64,110 )   $ (70,931 )   $ (68,573 )
 
                       
     As of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, and February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $7.8 million, $13.9 million, $14.4 million and $13.4 million, respectively, which have been provided for in our income tax provision as the earnings are not considered permanently invested outside of the United States. If the earnings were repatriated to the United States, the earnings would be subject to United States taxation at that time. The amount of deferred tax liability recognized associated with the undistributed earnings as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006 was approximately $1.3 million, $3.7 million, $5.1 million (unaudited) and $3.2 million, respectively, which represents the approximate excess of the United States tax liability over the creditable foreign taxes paid that would result from a full remittance of undistributed earnings.
     Upon the adoption of FIN 48 at the beginning of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, we recognized an immaterial increase to retained earnings and a reduction of deferred income taxes in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon adoption, the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $5.3 million, which was reclassified from income taxes payable and non-current income taxes to other non-current liabilities. This reclassification is reflected as a non-cash operating item for statement of cash flow purposes. Additionally, we had recognized $0.6 million of related interest and penalties related to these unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption. If we were to prevail on all unrecognized tax benefits recorded, approximately $4.7 million of the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits recorded and the full amount of related interest and penalties would benefit the effective tax rate. A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of year is as follows (in thousands):
         
Balance at June 2, 2007
  $ 5,271  
Additions for current year tax positions
    60  
Expiration of the statute of limitation for the assessment of taxes
    (4 )
Additions for tax positions of prior year
    815  
Reductions for tax positions of prior year
    (677 )
Settlements
    (383 )
 
     
Balance at February 2, 2008
    5,082  
     Included in the unrecognized tax benefits of $5.1 million at February 2, 2008 was $4.4 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. We also accrued potential interest of $0.4 million related to these unrecognized tax benefits during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008. In total as of February 2, 2008, we have recorded a liability for potential penalties and interest of $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease within the next twelve months. Events that may cause these changes include the settlement of issues with taxing authorities or expiration of statutes of limitations. At this time an estimate of the reasonably possible changes cannot be made.
Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans
     We have tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plans covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Our expense under these defined contribution plans in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were $1.8 million, $2.8 million, $2.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively.

83


Table of Contents

     Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in our consolidated statements of earnings and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. The total expense for our match under these non-qualified deferred compensation plans in the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
Note 10. Operating Groups
     Our business is operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman, Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Leaders of the operating groups report directly to our Chief Executive Officer.
     Tommy Bahama designs, sources and markets collections of men’s and women’s sportswear and related products under brands that include Tommy Bahama, Indigo Palms and Island Soft. Tommy Bahama’s products can be found in our own retail stores and on our e-commerce website as well as certain department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are affluent 35 and older men and women who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama also licenses its brands for a wide variety of product categories.
     Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of branded sportswear and footwear. We also license the Ben Sherman name to third parties for various product categories. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy, young men’s, “Mod"-inspired shirt brand and has evolved into a global lifestyle brand of apparel and footwear targeted at youthful-thinking men and women ages 19 to 35. We offer a full Ben Sherman sportswear collection as well as tailored clothing, footwear and accessories. Our Ben Sherman products can be found in certain department stores and a variety of independent specialty stores, as well as in our own Ben Sherman retail stores and on our e-commerce websites.
     Lanier Clothes designs and markets branded and private label men’s suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points. Our Lanier Clothes branded products include Nautica, Kenneth Cole, Dockers, O Oscar and Geoffrey Beene, all of which trademarks are licensed to us by third parties. We also product products under the Arnold Brant and Billy London trademarks, both of which are owned by us. In addition to the branded businesses, we design and source certain private label tailored clothing products. Significant private label brands include Stafford, Alfani, Tasso Elba and Lands’ End. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.
     Oxford Apparel produces branded and private label dress shirts, suited separates, sport shirts, casual slacks, outerwear, sweaters, jeans, swimwear, westernwear and golf apparel. We design and source certain private label programs for several customers including programs for Land’s End, LL Bean and Eddie Bauer. Owned brands of Oxford Apparel include Oxford Golf, Solitude, Wedge, Kona Wind, Tranquility Bay, Ely, Cattleman and Cumberland Outfitters. Oxford Apparel also owns a two-thirds interest in the entity that owns the Hathaway trademark in the United States and several other countries. . Oxford Apparel also licenses from third parties the right to use the Tommy Hilfiger, Dockers and United States Polo Association trademarks for certain apparel products. Our Oxford Apparel products are sold to a variety of department stores, mass merchants, specialty catalog retailers, discount retailers, specialty retailers, “green grass” golf merchants and Internet retailers throughout the United States.
     Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments and other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions as portions of Lanier Clothes and Oxford Apparel are on the LIFO basis of accounting. Therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups. Total assets for Corporate and Other includes the LIFO inventory reserve of $39.8 million, $39.3 million, $38.3 million (unaudited) and $38.0 million, at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 and June 2, 2006, respectively.

84


Table of Contents

     Assets related to the Womenswear Group, which was disposed of on June 2, 2006, have been included below to reconcile to total assets in our consolidated balance sheets.
     The information below presents certain information about our operating groups included in continuing operations (in thousands):
                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition                    
    Period Ended                    
    February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
Net Sales
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 284,611     $ 465,121     $ 409,141     $ 399,658  
Ben Sherman
    101,578       156,773       166,606       154,105  
Lanier Clothes
    107,457       165,159       180,411       173,168  
Oxford Apparel
    201,301       339,309       352,932       329,333  
Corporate and Other
    851       2,545       26       523  
 
                       
Total
  $ 695,798     $ 1,128,907     $ 1,109,116     $ 1,056,787  
 
                       
Depreciation
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 9,314     $ 12,036     $ 10,633     $ 9,122  
Ben Sherman
    1,848       2,203       1,462       847  
Lanier Clothes
    540       878       1,193       1,353  
Oxford Apparel
    890       1,175       1,396       1,635  
Corporate and Other
    247       428       408       364  
 
                       
Total
  $ 12,839     $ 16,720     $ 15,092     $ 13,321  
 
                       
Amortization of Intangible Assets
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 1,445     $ 2,975     $ 4,170     $ 5,563  
Ben Sherman
    1,548       3,267       3,433       3,020  
Lanier Clothes
    80       60              
Oxford Apparel
    111       103       39       39  
 
                       
Total
  $ 3,184     $ 6,405     $ 7,642     $ 8,622  
 
                       
Operating Income
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 38,041     $ 81,533     $ 71,522     $ 54,128  
Ben Sherman
    4,147       8,372       10,329       22,305  
Lanier Clothes
    315       4,238       17,422       21,376  
Oxford Apparel
    12,001       22,749       14,556       14,556  
Corporate and Other
    (13,510 )     (16,045 )     (15,713 )     (20,091 )
 
                       
Total Operating Income
    40,994       100,847       98,116       92,274  
Interest expense, net
    15,302       22,214       23,971       26,146  
 
                       
Earnings Before Income Taxes
  $ 25,692     $ 78,633     $ 74,145     $ 66,128  
 
                       

85


Table of Contents

                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition                    
    Period Ended                    
    February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
Purchases of Property, Plant and Equipment
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 18,193     $ 26,790     $ 16,904     $ 19,953  
Ben Sherman
    2,510       3,837       4,275       2,184  
Lanier Clothes
    107       287       228       348  
Oxford Apparel
    108       184       2,630       604  
Corporate and Other
    179       214       916       318  
 
                       
Total
  $ 21,097     $ 31,312     $ 24,953     $ 23,407  
 
                       
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
Assets
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 519,291     $ 469,414     $ 441,657     $ 423,376  
Ben Sherman
    208,829       223,779       211,997       212,230  
Lanier Clothes
    83,208       95,184       95,135       74,375  
Oxford Apparel
    102,253       96,627       103,586       112,325  
Corporate and Other
    (3,309 )     23,734       22,730       4,074  
Womenswear (discontinued)
                      59,215  
 
                       
Total
  $ 910,272     $ 908,738     $ 875,105     $ 885,595  
 
                       
Goodwill
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 204,423     $ 168,932     $ 148,556     $ 148,342  
Ben Sherman
    51,651       51,651       51,390       49,043  
Oxford Apparel
    1,847       1,847       1,847       1,847  
 
                       
Total
  $ 257,921     $ 222,430     $ 201,793     $ 199,232  
 
                       
Intangible Assets, net
                               
Tommy Bahama
  $ 132,579     $ 134,023     $ 135,015     $ 136,998  
Ben Sherman
    94,852       96,362       96,997       93,596  
Lanier Clothes
    2,267       2,347       2,388       2,408  
Oxford Apparel
    1,235       1,349       1,403       1,451  
 
                       
Total
  $ 230,933     $ 234,081     $ 235,803     $ 234,453  
 
                       
     Information for the net book value of our long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):
                                 
    February 2,     June 1,     February 2,     June 2,  
    2008     2007     2007     2006  
                    (Unaudited)          
United States
  $ 427,155     $ 385,588     $ 361,530     $ 354,507  
Latin America
    1,335       4,460       4,576       4,859  
United Kingdom and Europe
    152,623       153,544       152,663       147,540  
Other foreign
    243       242       321       442  
 
                       
Total
  $ 581,356     $ 543,834     $ 519,090     $ 507,348  
 
                       

86


Table of Contents

     Information for the net sales included in continuing operations recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):
                                 
    Eight Month                    
    Transition                    
    Period Ended                    
    February 2,     Fiscal     Fiscal     Fiscal  
    2008     2007     2006     2005  
United States and Canada
  $ 610,325     $ 1,005,925     $ 987,206     $ 942,388  
United Kingdom and Europe
    85,473       122,982       121,910       114,399  
 
                       
Total
  $ 695,798     $ 1,128,907     $ 1,109,116     $ 1,056,787  
 
                       
Note 11. Related Party Transactions
     SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“SunTrust”) holds shares of our common stock in various fiduciary and agency capacities and as such is a principal shareholder of our common stock. Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chief Executive Officer, is on the board of directors of SunTrust and its Audit Committee. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, a board member of Oxford Industries, Inc. was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of SunTrust Bank, Central Group, during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and fiscal 2007.
     We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which subsidiaries of SunTrust served as agent and lender. In the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, the services provided and interest and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services are set forth below (in thousands):
                                 
    Eight Month            
    Transition            
    Period            
    Ended            
    February 2,            
    2008   Fiscal 2007   Fiscal 2006   Fiscal 2005
Service
                               
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility
  $ 592     $ 525     $ 1,307     $ 2,999  
Cash management and senior notes related services
  $ 72     $ 56     $ 106     $ 133  
Other
  $ 4     $ 10     $ 34     $ 18  
     Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services, together with all of the other services described above in this section, did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 or 1% of SunTrust’s gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

87


Table of Contents

Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited):
     Following is a summary of the quarterly results of continuing operations for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 and the years ended June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006 (in thousands, except per share amounts):
                                         
    First   Second   Third   Fourth    
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Total
Eight Month Transition Period Ended
February 2, 2008 (1)(2)
                                       
Net sales
  $ 237,947     $ 294,486     $ 163,365       N/A     $ 695,798  
Gross profit
    97,451       114,920       63,389       N/A       275,760  
Net earnings from continuing operations
    6,103       12,603       509       N/A       19,215  
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations
                      N/A        
Net earnings
  $ 6,103     $ 12,603     $ 509       N/A     $ 19,215  
Basic net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.34     $ 0.72     $ 0.03       N/A     $ 1.12  
Diluted net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.34     $ 0.71     $ 0.03       N/A     $ 1.11  
Fiscal 2007
                                       
Net sales
  $ 284,078     $ 290,987     $ 266,595     $ 287,247     $ 1,128,907  
Gross profit
    108,111       111,800       108,266       119,583       447,760  
Net earnings from continuing operations
    11,155       12,145       9,726       19,294       52,320  
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations
    (205 )     8       14             (183 )
Net earnings
  $ 10,950     $ 12,153     $ 9,740     $ 19,294     $ 52,137  
Basic net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.63     $ 0.69     $ 0.55     $ 1.09     $ 2.96  
Diluted net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.63     $ 0.68     $ 0.54     $ 1.08     $ 2.93  
Fiscal 2006
                                       
Net sales
  $ 268,475     $ 277,903     $ 275,160     $ 287,578     $ 1,109,116  
Gross profit
    105,715       102,806       109,866       113,300       431,687  
Net earnings from continuing operations
    11,820       10,177       11,106       18,098       51,201  
Earnings from discontinued operations
    2,063       831       3,496       12,880       19,270  
Net earnings
  $ 13,883     $ 11,008     $ 14,602     $ 30,978     $ 70,471  
Basic net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.68     $ 0.58     $ 0.63     $ 1.03     $ 2.93  
Diluted net earnings per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.67     $ 0.57     $ 0.63     $ 1.02     $ 2.88  
 
(1)   There is no fourth quarter for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 due to the change in our fiscal year-end.
 
(2)   The third quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 represents the two month period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008.
     The sum of the quarterly amounts for the eight months ended February 2, 2008, do not equal the totals for the year then ended due to the impact of the timing of the accelerated share repurchase program and rounding differences. The sum of the quarterly amounts for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 do not necessarily equal the totals for the year then ended due to rounding differences.

88


Table of Contents

     The first quarter of the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 has been adjusted from amounts reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for that period to reflect an additional $1.3 million of tax benefit related to the change in the enacted tax rate which occurred during that quarter. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 includes severance costs and a gain on sale of a facility which together had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing operations by $0.7 million. The fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 includes charges for plant closures which had the effect of reducing net income from continuing operations by approximately $1.0 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, tax adjustments related to foreign income taxes, tax contingency reserves and other adjustments had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing operations by approximately $1.1 million. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 foreign income tax and contingency reserve adjustments had the effect of increasing net earnings from continuing operations by approximately $3.7 million.
Note 13. Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements:
     Our Senior Unsecured Notes are guaranteed by our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (“Subsidiary Guarantors”). All guarantees are full and unconditional. For consolidated financial reporting purposes, non-guarantors consist of our subsidiaries which are organized outside the United States. We use the equity method with respect to investment in subsidiaries included in other non-current assets in our condensed consolidating financial statements. Set forth below are our condensed consolidating balance sheets as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 (unaudited) and June 2, 2006 (in thousands) as well as our condensed consolidating statements of earnings and statements of cash flows for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 (in thousands).
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
February 2, 2008
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,100     $ 1,050     $ 11,762     $     $ 14,912  
Receivables, net
    52,599       38,244       20,763       (6,045 )     105,561  
Inventories
    64,896       76,462       18,826       (1,259 )     158,925  
Prepaid expenses
    6,595       8,475       3,631             18,701  
 
                             
Total current assets
    126,190       124,231       54,982       (7,304 )     298,099  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    7,933       77,652       6,917             92,502  
Goodwill, net
    1,847       168,932       87,142             257,921  
Intangible assets, net
    1,235       134,846       94,852             230,933  
Other non-current assets, net
    825,252       150,142       70,673       (1,015,250 )     30,817  
 
                             
Total Assets
  $ 962,457     $ 655,803     $ 314,566     $ (1,022,554 )   $ 910,272  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
    78,518       54,268       29,066       (5,435 )     156,417  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    234,414                         234,414  
Non-current liabilities
    246,261       (197,557 )     111,564       (109,359 )     50,909  
Deferred income taxes
    (4,284 )     38,910       26,358             60,984  
Total shareholders’/invested equity
    407,548       760,182       147,578       (907,760 )     407,548  
 
                             
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 962,457     $ 655,803     $ 314,566     $ (1,022,554 )   $ 910,272  
 
                             

89


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
June 1, 2007
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 22,863     $ 1,212     $ 12,807     $     $ 36,882  
Receivables, net
    52,226       61,076       31,184       (6,451 )     138,035  
Inventories
    70,273       52,644       15,114       (698 )     137,333  
Prepaid expenses
    8,808       8,293       4,890             21,991  
 
                             
Total current assets
    154,170       123,225       63,995       (7,149 )     334,241  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    9,221       68,932       9,170             87,323  
Goodwill, net
    1,847       168,932       51,651             222,430  
Intangible assets, net
    1,349       136,370       96,362             234,081  
Other non-current assets, net
    770,809       150,496       1,346       (891,988 )     30,663  
 
                             
Total Assets
  $ 937,396     $ 647,955     $ 222,524     $ (899,137 )   $ 908,738  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
    62,163       56,811       29,325       (5,855 )     142,444  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    199,294                         199,294  
Non-current liabilities
    222,114       (184,807 )     112,789       (109,149 )     40,947  
Deferred income taxes
    (228 )     43,604       28,624             72,000  
Total shareholders’/invested equity
    454,053       732,347       51,786       (784,133 )     454,053  
 
                             
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 937,396     $ 647,955     $ 222,524     $ (899,137 )   $ 908,738  
 
                             

90


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
February 2, 2007
(Unaudited)
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 24,682     $ 698     $ 7,171     $ (2,089 )   $ 30,462  
Receivables, net
    47,925       38,863       22,969       (3,183 )     106,574  
Inventories
    76,674       72,771       17,643       (875 )     166,213  
Prepaid expenses
    9,265       8,969       4,428             22,662  
 
                             
Total current assets
    158,546       121,301       52,211       (6,147 )     325,911  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    10,029       62,337       9,129             81,495  
Goodwill, net
    1,847       148,556       51,390             201,793  
Intangible assets, net
    1,404       137,402       96,997             235,803  
Other non-current assets, net
    712,502       150,167       1,393       (833,959 )     30,103  
 
                             
Total Assets
  $ 884,328     $ 619,763     $ 211,120     $ (840,106 )   $ 875,105  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
    46,886       61,116       28,107       (2,555 )     133,554  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    199,236                         199,236  
Non-current liabilities
    213,766       (169,617 )     103,645       (111,504 )     36,290  
Deferred income taxes
    (855 )     47,245       34,340             80,730  
Total shareholders’/invested equity
    425,295       681,019       45,028       (726,047 )     425,295  
 
                             
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 884,328     $ 619,763     $ 211,120     $ (840,106 )   $ 875,105  
 
                             

91


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
June 2, 2006
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,175     $ 1,134     $ 4,181     $ (11 )   $ 10,479  
Receivables, net
    61,428       57,785       39,009       (14,143 )     144,079  
Inventories
    58,924       50,880       14,546       (756 )     123,594  
Prepaid expenses
    8,959       7,321       3,934             20,214  
Current assets related to discontinued operations, net
    52,065       7,150                   59,215  
 
                             
Total current assets
    186,551       124,270       61,670       (14,910 )     357,581  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    11,122       53,648       8,893             73,663  
Goodwill, net
    1,847       148,342       49,043             199,232  
Intangible assets, net
    1,451       139,406       93,596             234,453  
Other non-current assets, net
    677,414       143,790       1,436       (801,974 )     20,666  
 
                             
Total Assets
  $ 878,385     $ 609,456     $ 214,638     $ (816,884 )   $ 885,595  
 
                             
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities related to continuing operations
    70,262       57,872       35,026       (13,557 )     149,603  
Current liabilities related to discontinued operations
    27,813       2,903                   30,716  
Long-term debt, less current portion
    200,016       7                   200,023  
Non-current liabilities
    181,845       (154,586 )     111,878       (109,158 )     29,979  
Deferred income taxes
    (252 )     46,795       30,030             76,573  
Total shareholders’/invested equity
    398,701       656,465       37,704       (694,169 )     398,701  
 
                             
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 878,385     $ 609,456     $ 214,638     $ (816,884 )   $ 885,595  
 
                             

92


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Eight Month Transition Period Ended February 2, 2008
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Net sales
  $ 302,259     $ 313,501     $ 107,082     $ (27,044 )   $ 695,798  
Cost of goods sold
    241,232       139,311       46,142       (6,647 )     420,038  
 
                             
Gross profit
    61,027       174,190       60,940       (20,397 )     275,760  
Selling, general and administrative
    60,594       151,550       55,952       (20,879 )     247,217  
Royalties and other income
    162       7,502       5,794       (1,007 )     12,451  
 
                             
Operating income
    595       30,142       10,782       (525 )     40,994  
Interest (income) expense, net
    18,111       (9,241 )     6,396       36       15,302  
Income from equity investment
    31,660                   (31,660 )      
 
                             
Earnings before income taxes
    14,144       39,383       4,386       (32,221 )     25,692  
Income taxes
    (5,435 )     11,548       561       (197 )     6,477  
 
                             
Net earnings
  $ 19,579     $ 27,835     $ 3,825     $ (32,024 )   $ 19,215  
 
                             
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Eight Month Transition Period Ended February 2, 2008
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (6,456 )   $ 37,002     $ 12,052     $ 1,539     $ 44,137  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisitions
    (54,899 )           (34,066 )     33,337       (55,628 )
Investment in joint venture
          (568 )                 (568 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (305 )     (18,998 )     (1,794 )           (21,097 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    126       2,349                   2,475  
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (55,078 )     (17,217 )     (35,860 )     33,337       (74,818 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities Change in debt
    72,900       (7 )                 72,893  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    2,581                         2,581  
Change in inter-company payable
    21,893       (19,940 )     (1,737 )     (216 )      
 
                                       
Purchase of common stock/invested equity
    (60,058 )           34,660       (34,660 )     (60,058 )
Dividends on common stock
    3,455             (9,909 )           (6,454 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    40,771       (19,947 )     23,014       (34,876 )     8,962  
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (20,763 )     (162 )     (794 )           (21,719 )
Effect of foreign currency translation
                (251 )           (251 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Year
    22,863       1,212       12,807             36,882  
 
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Year
  $ 2,100     $ 1,050     $ 11,762     $     $ 14,912  
 
                             

93


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2007
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Net sales
  $ 486,851     $ 526,631     $ 155,970     $ (40,545 )   $ 1,128,907  
Cost of goods sold
    378,465       242,452       70,022       (9,792 )     681,147  
 
                             
Gross profit
    108,386       284,179       85,948       (30,753 )     447,760  
Selling, general and administrative
    92,950       224,900       77,886       (32,361 )     363,375  
Royalties and other income
    2,111       9,328       6,480       (1,457 )     16,462  
 
                             
Operating income
    17,547       68,607       14,542       151       100,847  
Interest (income) expense, net
    25,852       (12,067 )     8,338       91       22,214  
Income from equity investment
    59,586       3             (59,589 )      
 
                             
Earnings before income taxes
    51,281       80,677       6,204       (59,529 )     78,633  
Income taxes
    (999 )     27,209       83       20       26,313  
 
                             
Net earnings from continuing operations
    52,280       53,468       6,121       (59,549 )     52,320  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    (183 )     (64 )           64       (183 )
 
                             
Net earnings
  $ 52,097     $ 53,404     $ 6,121     $ (59,485 )   $ 52,137  
 
                             

94


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2007
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (23,760 )   $ 73,311     $ 10,055     $     $ 59,606  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisitions
    (12,111 )           (1,149 )           (13,260 )
Investment in joint venture
          (9,391 )                 (9,391 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (659 )     (28,847 )     (1,806 )           (31,312 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    2,476       20                   2,496  
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (10,294 )     (38,218 )     (2,955 )           (51,467 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities Change in debt
    (912 )     (17 )     (105 )           (1,034 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    4,595                         4,595  
Change in inter-company payable
    38,350       (39,218 )     857       11        
Dividends on common stock
    (14,387 )                       (14,387 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    27,646       (39,235 )     752       11       (10,826 )
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
                                       
Net operating cash flows provided by discontinued operations
    24,096       4,220                   28,316  
 
                             
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    17,688       78       7,852       11       25,629  
Effect of foreign currency translation
                774             774  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Year
    5,175       1,134       4,181       (11 )     10,479  
 
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Year
  $ 22,863     $ 1,212     $ 12,807     $     $ 36,882  
 
                             

95


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2006
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Net sales
  $ 521,113     $ 481,700     $ 171,723     $ (65,420 )   $ 1,109,116  
Cost of goods sold
    397,939       217,803       78,422       (16,735 )     677,429  
 
                             
Gross profit
    123,174       263,897       93,301       (48,685 )     431,687  
Selling, general and administrative
    110,073       202,402       78,774       (44,534 )     346,715  
Royalties and other income
    276       7,806       5,359       (297 )     13,144  
 
                             
Operating income
    13,377       69,301       19,886       (4,448 )     98,116  
Interest (income) expense, net
    30,802       (10,198 )     7,520       (4,153 )     23,971  
Income from equity investment
    61,752       12             (61,764 )      
 
                             
Earnings before income taxes
    44,327       79,511       12,366       (62,059 )     74,145  
Income taxes
    (7,066 )     25,832       4,282       (104 )     22,944  
 
                             
Net earnings from continuing operations
    51,393       53,679       8,084       (61,955 )     51,201  
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    19,270       (3,284 )     (2,182 )     5,466       19,270  
 
                             
Net earnings
  $ 70,663     $ 50,395     $ 5,902     $ (56,489 )   $ 70,471  
 
                             

96


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2006
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (8,760 )   $ 56,628     $ 33,160     $ (73 )   $ 80,955  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisitions
    (6,930 )     (4,571 )                 (11,501 )
Investment in joint venture
    (431 )                       (431 )
Distribution from joint venture
          2,026                   2,026  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (3,575 )     (19,886 )     (1,492 )           (24,953 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    246       19                   265  
Dividends received from subsidiary
    28,752                   (28,752 )      
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    18,062       (22,412 )     (1,492 )     (28,752 )     (34,594 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities Change in debt
    (89,248 )     (20 )     (3,175 )           (92,443 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    3,976                         3,976  
Change in inter-company payable
    28,922       (36,547 )     7,590       35        
Dividends on common stock
    (9,531 )           (28,752 )     28,752       (9,531 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (65,881 )     (36,567 )     (24,337 )     28,787       (97,998 )
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations Net operating cash flows provided by discontinued operations
    23,638       1,626       (4,847 )           20,417  
Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations
    35,403                         35,403  
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
    59,041       1,626       (4,847 )           55,820  
 
                             
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    2,462       (725 )     2,484       (38 )     4,183  
Effect of foreign currency translation
                (203 )           (203 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Year
    2,713       1,859       1,900       27       6,499  
 
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Year
  $ 5,175     $ 1,134     $ 4,181     $ (11 )   $ 10,479  
 
                             

97


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Fiscal 2005
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Net sales
  $ 502,121     $ 461,620     $ 165,137     $ (72,091 )   $ 1,056,787  
Cost of goods sold
    382,436       218,813       75,056       (22,767 )     653,538  
 
                             
Gross profit
    119,685       242,807       90,081       (49,324 )     403,249  
Selling, general and administrative
    118,534       186,370       71,638       (53,507 )     323,035  
Royalties and other income
          6,800       5,260             12,060  
 
                             
Operating income
    1,151       63,237       23,703       4,183       92,274  
Interest (income) expense, net
    23,359       (8,789 )     6,933       4,643       26,146  
Income from equity investment
    59,267       82             (59,349 )      
 
                             
Earnings before income taxes
    37,059       72,108       16,770       (59,809 )     66,128  
Income taxes
    (7,583 )     24,701       4,917       142       22,177  
 
                             
Net earnings from continuing operations
    44,642       47,407       11,853       (59,951 )     43,951  
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax
    5,786       439       (394 )     45       5,876  
 
                             
Net earnings
  $ 50,428     $ 47,846     $ 11,459     $ (59,906 )   $ 49,827  
 
                             

98


Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
Fiscal 2005
                                         
    Oxford                          
    Industries     Subsidiry     Subsidiary     Consolidating     Consolidated  
    (Parent)     Guarantors     Non-Guarantors     Adjustments     Total  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (51,086 )   $ 62,519     $ 19,033     $ 10,777     $ 41,243  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities Acquisitions
    (144,360 )     (29,690 )     (138,256 )     168,579       (143,727 )
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (1,089 )     (20,760 )     (1,558 )           (23,407 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    24       406                   430  
Dividends from subsidiary
    8,018       2,816             (10,834 )      
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (137,407 )     (47,228 )     (139,814 )     157,745       (166,704 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities Change in debt
    90,266       (109,299 )     101,481             82,448  
Deferred financing costs paid
    (2,766 )                       (2,766 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    2,501       138,885       29,694       (168,579 )     2,501  
Change in inter-company payable
    53,834       (45,230 )     2,148       (10,752 )      
Dividends on common stock
    (8,184 )           (10,834 )     10,834       (8,184 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    135,651       (15,644 )     122,489       (168,497 )     73,999  
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations Net operating cash flows provided by discontinued operations
    10,281       774       (695 )           10,360  
Net investing cash flows used in discontinued operations
    (71 )                       (71 )
Net financing cash flows used in discontinued operations
    (60 )                       (60 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations
    10,150       774       (695 )           10,229  
 
                             
Net change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    (42,692 )     421       1,013       25       (41,233 )
Effect of foreign currency translation
                163             163  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of Year
    45,405       1,438       724       2       47,569  
 
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Year
  $ 2,713     $ 1,859     $ 1,900     $ 27     $ 6,499  
 
                             

99


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E
            Additions   Charged            
    Balance at   Charged to   to Other           Balance at
    Beginning   Costs and   Accounts –   Deductions –   End of
Description   of Period   Expenses   Describe   Describe   Period
                    (In thousands)                
Eight month transition period ended
                                       
February 2, 2008
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Accounts receivable reserves(1)
  $ 14,381     $ 15,399           $ (15,477 )(3)   $ 14,303  
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)
    1,918       1,059             (1,654 )(4)     1,323  
Fiscal 2007
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
    17,294       22,891             (25,804 )(3)     14,381  
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)
    3,436       567             (2,085 )(4)     1,918  
Fiscal 2006
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
    16,331       35,354             (34,391 )(3)     17,294  
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)
    3,608       340             (512 )(4)     3,436  
Fiscal 2005
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Accounts receivable reserves (1)
    9,734       35,484       2,387 (5)     (31,274 )(3)     16,331  
Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)
    3,448       1,263       1,307 (5)     (2,410 )(4)     3,608  
 
(1)   Accounts receivable reserves includes estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
 
(3)   Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.
 
(4)   Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.
 
(5)   Addition due to the acquisition of Ben Sherman in July 2004.

100


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, and June 2, 2006 and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, and June 2, 2006 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008 and each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” effective June 2, 2007.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Oxford Industries, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
                                                              
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008

101


Table of Contents

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
     None.
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures
     Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
     There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act) during the period from December 1, 2007 through February 2, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
     Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, our management believes that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 2, 2008.
     Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, and its report thereon is included herein.
         
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier
  /s/ K. Scott Grassmyer    
 
       
J. Hicks Lanier
  K. Scott Grassmyer    
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller    
(Principal Executive Officer)
  (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
       
April 1, 2008
  April 1, 2008    

102


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.
We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. as of February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007 and June 2, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the eight month period ended February 2, 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 1, 2007 of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our report dated March 31, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008

103


Table of Contents

Item 9B.  Other Information
     On March 27, 2008, our Board of Directors amended the Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc. to (i) decrease the number of members on our full Board of Directors from 11 to 10, and (ii) specify that an individual becomes ineligible for election or appointment as a director, (a) for any employee director (other than an individual who has at any time served as our Chief Executive Officer), following our fiscal year during which such individual reaches the age of 65 and (b) for any other individual, following our fiscal year during which such individual reaches the age of 72. The amendments became effective as of March 27, 2008.
     As described in our proxy statement delivered to shareholders in connection with our 2007 annual meeting of shareholders, prior to the bylaw amendments described above, individuals were ineligible for reelection or appointment as a director after reaching the applicable age set forth in the following table:
         
Type of Director   Retirement Age
Non-employee directors actively employed by a company in which such director does not beneficially own a controlling interest
    75  
All other non-employee directors
    72  
Any of our current or former chief executive officers
    72  
Employee directors (other than one of our current or former chief executive officers)
    65  
     The Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended by our Board of Directors on March 27, 2008, are filed with this transition report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 3(b) and are incorporated in this Item 9B by reference.
     Also, our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee, in accordance with the provisions of our Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, approved one-time grants of restricted stock, as of March 28, 2008, to certain of our officers and other employees. The aggregate number of shares of restricted stock approved as part of the grants was 342,500. The one-time grants were intended to incent recipients to remain with us during the duration of the vesting period and to further align the interests of our shareholders and management. The grants approved by our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee included the following grants to our named executive officers:
             
Name   Title   Restricted Stock
J. Hicks Lanier
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer     25,000  
Thomas C. Chubb III
  Executive Vice President     25,000  
John A. Baumgartner
  Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer     10,000  
Christine B. Cole
  Vice President-Corporate Human Resources     15,000  
     The shares of restricted stock vest on March 28, 2011 (other than the shares granted to Mr. Baumgartner, which vest on March 28, 2010). The recipient will forfeit all rights to the restricted shares granted if the recipient’s employment with us terminates before the shares are fully vested, unless our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee waives the forfeiture condition at the time that the recipient’s employment terminates, as evidenced by a written waiver adopted by the committee. The shares are also subject to accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control, as defined in each recipient’s restricted stock agreement.
     The grants of restricted stock are subject to the terms and conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement, the form of which is filed with this transition report as Exhibit 10(y) and is incorporated in this Item 9B by reference. The foregoing description of the terms and conditions of the restricted stock grants is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete terms and conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and the Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.

104


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
     The information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” and “Corporate Governance–Committees of the Board of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.
     Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethical conduct for our Principal Executive Officer, our Principal Financial Officer, and other designated key financial associates. Additionally, our board of directors has adopted a conflict of interest and business ethics policy for all of our employees. Our employees are expected to adhere at all times to these policies, as applicable. We have posted both of these codes on our website, www.oxfordinc.com. We will provide, at no cost, copies of these codes to any person who requests copies as described in Part I, Item 1. “Business – Available Information.” We will also disclose any amendments or waivers to our code of ethical conduct on our website.
Item 11.  Executive Compensation
     The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings “Executive and Director Compensation,” “Corporate Governance–Committees of the Board of Directors,” “Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee Report” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
     The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
     The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance–Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
     The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
     (a) 1. Financial Statements
     The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:
    Consolidated Balance Sheets at February 2, 2008, June 1, 2007, February 2, 2007 (Unaudited) and June 2, 2006.
 
    Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
 
    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

105


Table of Contents

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
 
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008, fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
     (a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules
    Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
     All other schedules for which provisions is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
     (b) Exhibits
     
2(a)
  Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(a) to the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.
 
   
2(b)
  Letter Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006, by and between The Millwork Trading Co., Ltd., d/b/a Li & Fung USA, and Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2(b) to the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.
 
   
3(a)
  Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.
 
   
3(b)
  Bylaws of the Company, as amended.*
 
   
4(a)
  Indenture Agreement dated May 16, 2003 among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 30, 2003.
 
   
4(b)
  Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 1 dated June 13, 2003 among Oxford Industries, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007.
 
   
4(c)
  Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 2 dated July 28, 2004 among the Guarantors, Oxford Industries Inc. and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007.
 
   
4(d)
  Supplemental Indenture Agreement No. 3 dated December 30, 2004 among the Guarantors, Oxford Industries, Inc. and SunTrust Bank. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007.
 
   
10(a)
  1992 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2001.†
 
   
10(b)
  First Amendment to the 1992 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.†
 
   
10(c)
  1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002.†
 
   
10(d)
  Second Amendment to the 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) to the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.†
 
   
10(e)
  1997 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002.†
 
   
10(f)
  Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of April 2, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 1, 2007.†
 
   
10(g)
  2005 Form of Performance Share Award under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2005.†
 
10(h)
  2006 Form of Performance Share Aware under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2005. †
 
   
10(i)
  2006 Form of Non-Employee Director Performance Share Award under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2005. †

106


Table of Contents

     
10(j)
  Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2003.†
 
   
10(k)
  First Amendment to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007.†
 
   
10(l)
  Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.†
 
   
10(m)
  Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated.*†
 
   
10(n)
  Release and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated February 2, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 7, 2007.†
 
   
10(o)
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2004, between Oxford Industries, Inc., certain of its domestic subsidiaries, and SunTrust Bank, Inc. as administrative agent, and various financial institutions of lenders and issuing banks. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2004.
 
   
10(p)
  First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 28, 2004. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2005.
 
   
10(q)
  Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 21, 2005. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on September 26, 2005.
 
   
10(r)
  Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2007.
 
   
10(s)
  Consent Agreement, dated May 1, 2006. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 2, 2006.
 
   
10(t)
  Ben Sherman Group Long Term Incentive Plan, adopted as of October 1, 2007. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2007.†
 
   
10(u)
  Participant Award Letter, dated September 26, 2007, to Miles Gray pursuant to the Ben Sherman Group Long Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2007.†
 
   
10(v)
  Employment Offer Letter to Knowlton J. O’Reilly. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007.†
 
   
10(w)
  Letter Agreement, dated November 8, 2007, between Oxford Industries, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. relating to an Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007.
 
   
10(x)
  Amendment, dated November 9, 2007, between Oxford Industries, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. to Letter Agreement relating to an Issuer Forward Repurchase Transaction. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2007.
 
   
10(y)
  Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.*
 
   
21
  List of Subsidiaries.*
 
   
23
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Ernst & Young LLP.*
 
   
24
  Powers of Attorney.*
 
   
31.1
  Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
 
   
31.2
  Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
 
   
32
  Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
 
  filed herewith
 
†    Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.
     We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt of ours omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

107


Table of Contents

     Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 222 Piedmont Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308.
SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.
         
  Oxford Industries, Inc.
 
 
  By:     /s/  J. Hicks Lanier    
    J. Hicks Lanier   
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Date: April 1, 2008
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Capacity   Date
 
       
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and   April 1, 2008
 
J. Hicks Lanier
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
 
       
/s/ K. Scott Grassmyer
 
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller   April 1, 2008
K. Scott Grassmyer
  (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
       
*
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
Cecil D. Conlee
       
 
       
*
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
George C. Guynn
       
 
       
*
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
J. Reese Lanier, Sr.
       
 
       
 
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
Robert E. Shaw
       
 
       
*
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
Clarence H. Smith
       
 
       
*
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
Helen B. Weeks
       
 
       
   *
  Director   April 1, 2008
 
       
E. Jenner Wood
       
 
         
*By
  /s/ Thomas E. Campbell    
 
       
 
       
Thomas
  E. Campbell    
 
       
as Attorney-in-Fact
   

108

EX-3.(B) BYLAWS OF THE COMPANY
 

Exhibit 3(b)
As Amended Through March 27, 2008
BYLAWS
OF
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Georgia, on such date, and at such time, as the Board of Directors may by resolution provide, or if the Board of Directors fails to provide for such meeting by action by November 1 of any year, then such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Company in Atlanta, Georgia, at 11 a.m. on the third Wednesday in November of each year, if not a legal holiday under the laws of the State of Georgia, and if a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day.
Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the persons specified in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. Such meetings may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Georgia, as is stated in the call and notice thereof.
Section 3. Notice of Meeting. A written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered or mailed by the Secretary of the Company to each holder of record of stock of the Company at the time entitled to vote, at his address as appears upon the record of the Company, not less than 10 nor more than 50 days prior to such meeting. If the Secretary fails to give such notice within 20 days after the call of a meeting the person or persons calling such meeting, or any person designated by them, may give such notice. Notice of such meeting may be waived in writing by any stockholder. Attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders shall not be required.
Section 4. Quorum. A majority in interest of the outstanding capital stock of the Company represented either in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders. If a quorum shall not be present, the holders of a majority of the stock represented may adjourn the meeting to some later time. When a quorum is present, a vote of a majority of the stock represented in person or by proxy shall determine any question, except as otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or by law.

 


 

Section 5. Proxies. A stockholder may vote, either in person or by proxy duly executed in writing by the stockholder. A proxy for any meeting shall be valid for any adjournment of such meeting.
Section 6. Record Date. The Board of Directors shall have power to close the stock transfer books of the Company for a period not exceeding seventy days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for payment of any dividend or the date for allotment of rights or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect; provided, however, that in lieu of closing the stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, not exceeding seventy days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, and in such case only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Company after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.
Section 7. Stockholder Proposals. No proposal for a stockholder vote (other than Director nominations, to which Section 8 of Article II of these Bylaws applies) (a “Stockholder Proposal”) shall be submitted by a stockholder, either pursuant to a rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise, to the Company’s stockholders unless the stockholder submitting such proposal (the “Proponent”) shall have given written notice to the Company setting forth with particularity (a) the names and business addresses of the Proponent and all natural persons, corporations, partnerships, trusts or any other type of legal entity or recognized ownership vehicle (collectively, a “Person”) acting in concert with the Proponent; (b) the name and address of the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (a), as they appear on the Company’s books (if they so appear); (c) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Proponent and the Persons identified in clause (a); (d) a description of the Stockholder Proposal containing all material information relating thereto; and (e) such other information as the Board of Directors reasonably determines is necessary or appropriate to enable the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company to consider the Stockholder Proposal. Stockholder Proposals (including, without limitation, the information described in the immediately preceding sentence) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive office of the Company within the time period specified in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 14a-8(e)(2), or any successor rule. The presiding officer at any stockholders’ meeting may determine that any Stockholder Proposal was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in these Bylaws or is otherwise not in accordance with law, and if it is so determined, such officer shall so declare at the meeting and the Stockholder Proposal shall be disregarded.

2 


 

ARTICLE II
DIRECTORS
Section 1. Powers of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the management of business of the Company, and, subject to any restriction imposed by law, by the charter, or by these Bylaws, may exercise all the powers of the corporation.
Section 2. Number of Directors. Effective March 27, 2008, the Board of Directors shall consist of 10 members.
Section 3. Meeting of Directors. The Board may by resolution provide for the time and place of regular meetings, and no notice need be given of such regular meetings. Special Meetings of the Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President or by at least 30 percent of the Directors.
Section 4. Notice of Meeting. Notice of each meeting of the Directors shall be given by the Secretary mailing the same at least five days before the meeting or by telephone or telegraph or in person at least three days before the meeting, to each Director, except that no notice need be given of regular meetings fixed by the resolution of the Board or of the meeting of the Board held at the place of and immediately following the Annual Meeting of the stockholders.
Section 5. Executive Committee. The Board may by resolution provide for an Executive Committee consisting of such Directors as are designated by the Board. Any vacancy in such Committee may be filled by the Board. Except as otherwise provided by the law, by these Bylaws, or by resolution of the full Board, such Executive Committee shall have and may exercise the full powers of the Board of Directors during the interval between the meetings of the Board and wherever by these Bylaws, or by resolution of the stockholders, the Board of Directors is authorized to take action or to make a determination, such action or determination may be taken or made by such Executive Committee, unless these Bylaws or such resolution expressly require that such action or determination be taken or made by the full Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall by resolution fix its own rules of procedure, and the time and place of its meetings, and the person or persons who may call, and the method of call, of its meetings. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be a member of the Executive Committee and shall act as Chairman thereof.
Section 6. Compensation. A fee and reimbursement for expenses for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or any Committee thereof may be fixed by resolution of the full Board.
Section 7. Retirement of Directors. Any person who has concurrently served, or would concurrently serve, as a Director and as an employee of the Company, other than a person who is serving or has served as the Chief Executive Officer, shall be ineligible for election or appointment as a Director after the Company’s fiscal year during which such person reaches sixty-five (65) years of age. Except for those individuals described in the preceding sentence, all other persons shall be ineligible for election or appointment as a Director after the Company’s fiscal year during which such person reaches seventy-two (72) years of age.
Section 8. Nominations of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company then outstanding and except for filling vacancies on the Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or by any stockholder of record entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. However, any stockholder of record entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors may nominate one or more persons for election as directors at a meeting only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Company not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the

3 


 

later of (a) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each notice to the Secretary under this Section shall set forth: (i) the name and address of record of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination; (ii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Company held of record, owned beneficially, and represented by proxy, by the stockholder, and each proposed nominee, as of the date of the notice; (iv) the name, age, business and residence addresses, and principal occupation or employment of each proposed nominee; (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (vi) such other information regarding each proposed nominee as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (vii) the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a Director if so elected. The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director. The presiding officer of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed in these Bylaws or is otherwise not in accordance with law, and if it is so determined, such officer shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
Section 9. Election of Directors. Except as provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation with respect to filling vacancies on the Board of Directors, each Director shall be elected to serve on the Board of Directors by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the Director at any meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors at which a quorum is present, provided that if the number of nominees exceeds the number of Directors to be elected at such meeting, the Directors shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of Directors. For purposes of this Section, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a Director must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that Director. If a Director standing for election is not elected, the Director shall offer to tender his or her resignation to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors, in consultation with any committee thereof so designated, shall determine whether to accept or reject the resignation, or whether other action should be taken. The Board of Directors will publicly disclose its decision and the rationale behind it within 90 days from the date of the certification of the election results.
ARTICLE III
OFFICERS
Section 1. Officers. The officers of the Company shall consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and Treasurer, and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected by the Board of Directors. Any two offices may be held by the same person, except that the same person shall not be Chief Executive Officer or President and Secretary. The Board may designate a Vice President as an Executive Vice President, and may designate the order in which the other Vice Presidents may act.
Section 2. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee, unless he designates another officer to preside. He shall act in a consultative capacity and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct.
Section 3. Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the directions of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall give general supervision and direction to the affairs of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority to conduct all ordinary business on behalf of the Company and may execute and deliver on behalf of the company any contract, conveyance, or similar document not requiring approval by the Board of Directors or stockholders. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at meetings in case of the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board.
Section 4. President. Subject to the directions of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall assist the Chief Executive Officer in giving general supervision and direction to the affairs of the Company.

4 


 

Section 5. Vice President. The Vice President shall act in case of the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer. If there is more than one Vice President such Vice Presidents shall act in the order of precedence as set out by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation, the Executive Vice President shall be first in order of precedence.
Section 6. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be responsible for the maintenance of proper financial books and records of the Company.
Section 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Directors, and the Executive Committee and shall have custody of the seal of the corporation.
Section 8. Other Duties and Authorities. Each officer, employee, and agent shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred on him by the Board of Directors and, subject to any directions of the Board, by the Chairman of the Board.
Section 9. Removal. Any officer may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. A contract of employment for a definite term shall not prevent the removal of any officer; but this provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment with any officer and any officer removed in breach of his contract of employment shall have cause of action therefor.
ARTICLE IV
DEPOSITORIES, SIGNATURES AND SEAL
Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The certificates of shares of capital stock of the Company shall be in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Vice President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, provided that any such certificate may be signed by the facsimile of the signature of either or both of such officers imprinted thereon if the same is countersigned by a transfer agent of the Company, and provided further that certificates bearing a facsimile of the signature of such officers imprinted thereon shall be valid in all respects as if such person or persons were still in office, even though such officer or officers shall have died or otherwise ceased to be officers.
Section 2. Contracts. All contracts and other instruments shall be signed on behalf of the Company by such officer, officers, agent or agents, as the Board may from time to time by resolution provide.
Section 3. Seal. The corporate seal of the Company shall be as follows:
(Imprint Seal)

5 


 

The seal may be affixed to any instrument by any officer of the Company and may be lithographed or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted manually.
ARTICLE V
STOCK TRANSFERS
Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The certificates of shares of capital stock of the Company shall be in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, provided that any such certificate may be signed by the facsimile of the signature of either or both of such officers imprinted thereon if the same is countersigned by a transfer agent of the Company, and provided further that certificates bearing a facsimile of the signature of such officers imprinted thereon shall be valid in all respects as if such person or persons were still in office, even though such officer or officers shall have died or otherwise ceased to be officers.
Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock in the Corporation shall be transferable only on the books of the Company by proper transfer signed by the holder of record thereof or by a person duly authorized to sign for such holder of record. The Company or its transfer agent shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until it is furnished such evidence as it may reasonable require showing that the requested transfer is proper.
Section 3. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The Board may by resolution provide for the issuance of certificates in lieu of lost, destroyed or mutilated certificates and may authorize such officer or agent as it may designate to determine the sufficiency of the evidence of such loss, destruction or mutilation and the sufficiency of any security furnished to the Company and to determine whether such duplicate certificate should be issued.
Section 4. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board may appoint a transfer agent or agents and a registrar or registrars of transfer, and may require that all stock certificates bear the signature of such transfer agent or such transfer agent and registrar.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNITY
Section 1. Indemnity. Each person who is now, has been, or who shall hereafter become a Director or officer of the Corporation, whether or not then in office, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with or resulting from any demand, action, suit or proceedings or threat thereof, to which he may be made a party as a result or by reason of his being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation or of any other corporation which he serves as a Director or officer at the request of the Corporation, except in relation to matters as to which a recovery shall be had against him or penalty imposed upon him by reason of his having been finally adjudged in such action, suit or proceedings to have been derelict in the performance of his duties as such Director or officer. The foregoing right to indemnify shall include reimbursement of the amounts and expenses paid in settling any such demand, suit or proceedings or threat thereof when settling the same appears to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which such Director or officer may be entitled as a matter of law.

6 


 

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. Amendments. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or in resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to which preferred stock is issued, the Board of Directors or the stockholders shall have the power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws or to adopt new Bylaws. The stockholders may prescribe that any Bylaw or Bylaws adopted by them shall not be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or in resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant to which preferred stock is issued, action by the Board of Directors with respect to the Bylaws shall be taken by the affirmative vote of a majority of all Directors then holding office, and action by the stockholders with respect to the Bylaws shall be taken by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all shares of common stock.
ARTICLE VIII
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Section 1. Business Combinations. All the requirements of Article 11A of the Georgia Business Corporation Code (the “Code”), which includes Sections 14-2-1131, 14-2-1132 and 14-2-1133 of the Code, shall be applicable to the Company.
ARTICLE IX
FISCAL YEAR
Section 1. Fiscal Year. Effective with the Company’s fiscal year which commenced on June 2, 2007, the fiscal year of the Company shall end at the end of the Saturday closest to January 31 and shall, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next succeeding the last day of the preceding fiscal year.

7

EX-10.(M) DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 

Exhibit 10m
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
    1  
Section 1.1. Account
    1  
Section 1.2. Beneficiary
    1  
Section 1.3. Board
    1  
Section 1.4. Code
    1  
Section 1.5. Committee
    1  
Section 1.6. Company
    1  
Section 1.7. Compensation
    1  
Section 1.8. Discretionary Contribution
    1  
Section 1.9. Election Period
    2  
Section 1.10. Eligible Employee
    2  
Section 1.11. Employee
    2  
Section 1.12. ERISA
    2  
Section 1.13. Excess Compensation
    2  
Section 1.14. 401(k) Plan
    2  
Section 1.15. Matching Contribution
    2  
Section 1.16. Maximum Deferral Percentage
    2  
Section 1.17. Minimum Deferral Amount
    2  
Section 1.18. Oxford
    2  
Section 1.19. Plan
    2  
Section 1.20. Plan Year
    2  
Section 1.21. Plan Year 2006
    2  
Section 1.22. Pre-2005 Oxford Plan
    3  
Section 1.23. Retirement Age
    3  
Section 1.24. Separates from Service or Separation from Service
    3  
Section 1.25. Tommy Bahama Plan
    3  
Section 1.26. Years of Service
    3  
 
       
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
    3  
Section 2.1. Start-Up Deferral Elections
    3  
Section 2.2. Annual Deferral Elections
    3  
(a) Salary
    3  
(b) Bonuses
    3  
(c) Commissions
    4  
Section 2.3. Minimum Deferral Amount
    4  
Section 2.4. Ongoing Election
    4  
Section 2.5. Effect of Hardship Withdrawal
    4  
Section 2.6. Form of Elections
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE IV DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
    5  

i


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE V ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENTS
    5  
Section 5.1. General
    5  
Section 5.2. Deferrals
    5  
Section 5.3. Matching and Discretionary Contributions
    5  
Section 5.4. Phantom Investments
    5  
Section 5.5. Phantom Investment Election
    5  
Section 5.6. Phantom Investment Adjustments
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE VI VESTING
    6  
Section 6.1. Amounts Deferred
    6  
Section 6.2. Matching Contributions
    6  
Section 6.3. Discretionary Contributions
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE VII DISTRIBUTIONS
    6  
Section 7.1. Distribution Elections
    6  
(a) General
    6  
(b) Ongoing Election
    6  
(c) Default
    6  
Section 7.2. Time of Distribution
    6  
(a) Separation from Service
    7  
(b) Death
    7  
(c) In-Service
    7  
(d) Hardship Withdrawal due to Unforeseeable Emergency
    7  
(e) Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances
    7  
Section 7.3. Distribution Forms
    8  
(a) Separation from Service After Retirement Age
    8  
(b) Separation from Service Before Retirement Age or Death
    8  
(c) In-Service
    9  
(d) Installments
    9  
Section 7.4. Beneficiary
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII NO FUNDING OBLIGATION
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE IX COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
    10  
Section 10.1. Medium of Payment
    10  
Section 10.2. Making and Revoking Elections and Designations
    10  
Section 10.3. Statements
    10  
Section 10.4. Claims Procedure
    10  
Section 10.5. Withholding
    10  
Section 10.6. No Liability
    10  
Section 10.7. Nonalienation of Benefits
    10  
Section 10.8. Plan Administration
    10  
Section 10.9. Construction
    11  

ii


 

         
    Page
Section 10.10. No Contract of Employment
    11  
Section 10.11. ERISA
    11  
Section 10.12. Amendment and Termination
    11  
Section 10.13. Pre-2005 Oxford Plan
    11  
(a) Pre-2005 Deferrals
    11  
(b) Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals
    11  
Section 10.14. Tommy Bahama Plan
    12  
(a) Pre-2005 Deferrals
    12  
(b) Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals
    12  
Section 10.15. Special Transition Bonus Election
    12  

iii


 

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
     The primary purpose of this Plan is to assist Oxford Industries, Inc. (“Oxford”) and its subsidiaries in attracting and retaining employees of exceptional ability by (a) allowing a select group of management or highly-compensated employees of Oxford and certain of its subsidiaries to defer the payment of a portion of their compensation that otherwise would become payable to them, and (b) providing for discretionary contributions and matching contributions based on compensation that exceeds the compensation that may be taken into account under the Oxford Industries, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan or as a result of the dollar limitation applicable to the 401(k) Plan under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The terms of this Plan supersede those of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective January 1, 2001, and the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective July 20, 2001, except with respect to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2006, as provided in Sections 10.13 and 10.14.
DEFINITIONS
     Account — means the bookkeeping account maintained by or at the direction of the Committee to show as of any date the benefit of each Eligible Employee. Separate subaccounts may be established and maintained as part of an Eligible Employee’s Account as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to administer this Plan.
     Beneficiary — means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Section 7.4.
     Board — means the Board of Directors of Oxford.
     Code — means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     Committee — means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
     Company — means Oxford and each subsidiary of Oxford that is designated by the Board as a participating company under this Plan.
     Compensation — means, for any Plan Year, “compensation” as defined in the 401(k) Plan for purposes of determining the amount of pre-tax contributions and matching contributions under such plan, without regard to any limitations on compensation imposed under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, plus any deferrals made under this Plan for such Plan Year.
     Discretionary Contribution — means the amount, if any, credited to an Eligible Employee’s Account in accordance with Article IV.

 


 

     Election Period — means an annual enrollment period described in Section 2.2(a), (b)(2) and (c); a 30-day election period described in Section 2.1; or a Performance-based Election Period described in Section 2.2(b)(1).
     Eligible Employee — means, for each Plan Year, any employee of a Company whose gross annual rate of base salary is $130,000 or more, with such salary threshold to be adjusted, at the Committee’s discretion, for Plan Years subsequent to Plan Year 2006.
     Employee — means an employee of Oxford or any subsidiary of Oxford.
     ERISA — means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     Excess Compensation — means the excess of an Eligible Employee’s Compensation for a Plan Year over the Eligible Employee’s “compensation” as defined in the 401(k) Plan for purposes of determining the amount of pre-tax contributions and matching contributions under such plan for such Plan Year.
     401(k) Plan — means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended and as in effect from time to time, or any other successor defined contribution maintained by Oxford or another Company that qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code and satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code.
     Matching Contribution — means the amount credited to an Eligible Employee’s Account in accordance with Article III.
     Maximum Deferral Percentage — means, for each Plan Year, the maximum percentage of an Eligible Employee’s base salary, bonus and, if authorized by the Committee for a Plan Year, commissions that can be deferred under the Plan, which shall be 50% of base salary, 100% of bonus, and 50% of commissions, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year; provided, however, that no deferral election may reduce an Eligible Employee’s compensation below an amount necessary to satisfy applicable employment and income tax withholding requirements.
     Minimum Deferral Amount — means, for each Plan Year, an amount equal to 1% of the Eligible Employee’s base salary, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.
     Oxford — means Oxford Industries, Inc. and any successor to Oxford Industries, Inc.
     Plan — means this Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008.
     Plan Year — means the calendar year.
     Plan Year 2006 — has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).

2


 

     Pre-2005 Oxford Plan — means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective January 1, 2001, as thereafter amended, as such amended plan was in effect on October 3, 2004.
     Retirement Age — means age 55 and 5 Years of Service.
     Separates from Service or Separation from Service — means the termination of employment with Oxford and all subsidiaries in such a manner as to constitute a “separation from service” (other than death) within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
     Tommy Bahama Plan — means the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan adopted effective July 20, 2001 as thereafter amended, as such amended plan was in effect on October 3, 2004.
     Years of Service — means “years of service” as defined in the 401(k) Plan.
PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
     Start-Up Deferral Elections. Each person who first qualifies as an Eligible Employee after the beginning of a Plan Year but before the annual enrollment period for the next following Plan Year, or after the beginning of a performance period, and who is treated as first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan or any “account balance” plan aggregated with the Plan under the plan aggregation rules of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, shall be eligible to elect to participate in this Plan during the 30-day period starting on the date he or she first qualifies as an Eligible Employee. Such Eligible Employee may elect prior to the end of such 30-day period to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her base salary and bonus, and (if authorized by the Committee) commissions, for services performed after the date the Eligible Employee first begins to participate in the Plan (and not earlier than January 1, 2008). Any such election shall be irrevocable at the end of such 30-day period and through the end of the Plan Year or performance period for which it is made (except as provided in Section 2.5). The amount of any bonus deferred with respect to an election made after the beginning of a performance period will be pro rated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
     Annual Deferral Elections.
          Salary. An Eligible Employee shall have the right during the enrollment period established by the Committee to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her base salary for services performed in the following Plan Year. Any such election that is not revoked by the end of the enrollment period shall be irrevocable immediately following the enrollment period and shall remain irrevocable through the end of the Plan Year for which it is made (except as provided in Section 2.5).
          Bonuses.
          Performance-Based Compensation Bonus. An Eligible Employee may elect during the annual enrollment period or any other election period described in clause (iii) below to

3


 

defer a “performance-based compensation” bonus earned for services performed during such performance period; provided that (i) such bonus constitutes “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (ii) the performance period is at least 12 months, (iii) the election period ends at least 6 months before the end of the performance period (the “Performance-based Election Period”), (iv) the Eligible Employee has been an Employee continuously from the date upon which the performance criteria were established through the date of such election, and (v) at the time of the election, the performance-based compensation is not substantially certain to be paid or is not readily ascertainable.
     Other Bonuses. If a bonus is not intended to satisfy the requirements for “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, then an Eligible Employee may elect during an annual enrollment period established by the Committee to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of such bonus that otherwise would be payable to such Eligible Employee for services performed during the performance period that begins in the following Plan Year.
          Commissions. If the Committee in its discretion determines to allow deferrals to be made with respect to commissions for any Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may elect during the annual enrollment period established by the Committee preceding such Plan Year to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of his or her commissions that are treated under Section 409A of the Code as attributable to services performed by him or her during such Plan Year.
     Minimum Deferral Amount. An Eligible Employee’s deferral elections for a Plan Year must provide for a deferral of base salary at least equal to the Minimum Deferral Amount for the Eligible Employee for that Plan Year (pro-rated for a start-up election pursuant to Section 2.1 or upon Separation from Service during a Plan Year).
     Ongoing Election. A deferral election made in accordance with Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall remain in effect for a subsequent Plan Year (or subsequent performance period in the case of a “performance-based compensation” deferral) unless revised or revoked during the enrollment period for such Plan Year or performance period, unless the Committee requires a new election.
     Effect of Hardship Withdrawal. An Eligible Employee who has taken a hardship withdrawal pursuant to Section 7.2(d), or has taken a hardship withdrawal pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, shall have his or her deferral election under this Plan automatically cancelled effective immediately upon such withdrawal and for the remainder of the Plan Year and performance period, or for the remainder of the Plan Year and any subsequent Plan Year and performance period in which deferrals under the 401(k) Plan are suspended. Such Eligible Employee may recommence participation in the Plan only during an annual enrollment period or a Performance-based Election Period and his or her election shall not become effective until the beginning of the following Plan Year or, with respect to the deferral of “performance-based compensation,” the applicable performance period.
     Form of Elections. Any deferral election shall be made in the form and manner provided by the Committee for this purpose and in accordance with such other rules and procedures as may be established from time to time by the Committee.

4


 

MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Oxford shall credit the Account of each Eligible Employee who elects to defer the Minimum Deferral Amount for a Plan Year with a Matching Contribution equal to 4% of his or her Excess Compensation for such Plan Year.
DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS
The Committee may credit each Eligible Employee’s Account with a Discretionary Contribution, if any, at such times and in such amounts as recommended by the Committee and approved by the Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or the Board, in its sole discretion.
ACCOUNT ADJUSTMENTS
     General. An Eligible Employee’s benefit under this Plan shall be based entirely on the dollar value credited to his or her Account at any time, which will depend upon the amount deferred under Article II, the Matching Contributions credited under Article III, the Discretionary Contributions, if any, credited under Article IV, and the phantom investment adjustments made in accordance with this Article V.
     Deferrals. Amounts deferred by an Eligible Employee shall be credited to his or to her Account as soon as practicable after the date that such compensation otherwise would have been payable to the Eligible Employee if no election had been made under Article II.
     Matching and Discretionary Contributions. The Matching Contribution and Discretionary Contribution, if any, shall be credited to an Eligible Employee’s Account as of the end of the calendar year, or at such time as otherwise may be determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion.
     Phantom Investments. The Committee from time to time shall select one or more investment funds that will serve as hypothetical investment options for the deferrals, Matching Contributions and Discretionary Contributions credited to an Account (“phantom investment funds”). The Committee may establish limits on the portion of an Account that may be invested hypothetically in any phantom investment fund or in any combination of phantom investment funds.
     Phantom Investment Election. Each Eligible Employee shall elect pursuant to procedures established by the Committee to treat the amounts credited to his or her Account as if they were invested in one or more phantom investment funds (a “phantom investment election”). An Eligible Employee may change his or her phantom investment elections in accordance with the Committee’s procedures. Any phantom investment election shall be effective only if made in accordance with the Committee’s procedures.
     Phantom Investment Adjustments. The Committee shall cause the Eligible Employee’s Account to be adjusted from time to time for any earnings and losses as if it were invested in

5


 

accordance with the Eligible Employee’s phantom investment elections. Such adjustments shall be made until his or her Account is distributed in full under Article VII.
VESTING
     Amounts Deferred. An Eligible Employee shall be 100% vested at all times in the Eligible Employee’s deferrals and the earnings thereon.
     Matching Contributions. An Eligible Employee’s Matching Contributions, and earnings thereon, shall be 100% vested at all times, unless otherwise determined by the Committee prior to crediting to the Eligible Employee’s Account.
     Discretionary Contributions. An Eligible Employee’s Discretionary Contributions, and earnings thereon, shall become vested as determined by the Committee and as approved by the Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or the Board.
DISTRIBUTIONS
     Distribution Elections.
          General. At the same time as an Eligible Employee makes a deferral election under Article II, he or she shall elect, pursuant to Section 7.2, the time as of which contributions credited to his or her Account for such Plan Year (adjusted as provided under Article V) will be distributed and, pursuant to Section 7.3, the form in which such distribution will be made.
          Ongoing Election. In the absence of any contrary rule established by the Committee before the applicable Election Period, a Separation from Service distribution election shall remain in effect for contributions credited to an Account for a subsequent Plan Year (or subsequent performance period in the case of a “performance-based compensation” deferral), unless revised or revoked during the enrollment period for such Plan Year or the Performance-based Election Period. An in-service distribution election will apply only to the Plan Year or performance period with respect to which the election was made and will not apply to a subsequent Plan Year or performance period.
          Default. If an Eligible Employee fails to make an election as to the time or form of distribution of his or her Account (or subaccount, as applicable), his or her distribution will be made in a lump sum in the first calendar month that is at least 6 months after the date of his or her Separation from Service.
     Time of Distribution. Distribution of an Eligible Employee’s Account (or subaccount, as applicable) may be made as a result of the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service, death, the occurrence of a hardship due to an unforeseeable emergency, or at a specified time while the Eligible Employee is still an Employee.

6


 

          Separation from Service. If distribution is made as a result of the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service, it will be made or commence in the first calendar month that is (1) 6 months or 12 months (as selected by the Eligible Employee) from the date the Eligible Employee Separates from Service, if the Separation from Service is after Retirement Age, or (2) 6 months from the date the Eligible Employee Separates from Service, if the Separation from Service is before Retirement Age. If distribution is to be made in annual installments, any subsequent annual installments shall be made in February of the applicable year.
          Death. If an Eligible Employee dies before distributions commence, distribution will be made in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her death occurred. If an Eligible Employee dies after distributions have commenced pursuant to his or her Separation from Service or paragraph (c) below, the balance, if any, of his or her Account will be distributed in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her death occurred.
          In-Service. An Eligible Employee may elect that his or her subaccount for a Plan Year or performance period be distributed or commence to be distributed in February of any Plan Year that is at least 2 Plan Years after the deferrals were credited to such subaccount; provided he or she is an Employee on the date of the distribution. An Eligible Employee may revise such in-service distribution election to change the time of distribution; provided, however, that (1) the revision will not take effect until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must be made at least 12 months before the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the in-service distribution will be deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service distribution would have commenced in the absence of the revision.
          Hardship Withdrawal due to Unforeseeable Emergency. An Eligible Employee shall have the right to request that the Committee distribute all, or a part of, his or her Account to him or to her in a lump sum if he or she experiences severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident of the Eligible Employee, the spouse of the Eligible Employee or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Eligible Employee, loss of the Eligible Employee’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Eligible Employee (an “unforeseeable emergency”). The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether to grant an Eligible Employee’s withdrawal request under this Section 7.1(d) and the amount to distribute to the Eligible Employee; provided, however, that no distribution shall be made to an Eligible Employee under this Section 7.1(d) to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved (1) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (2) by liquidation of the Eligible Employee’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of the Eligible Employee’s assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (3) by a permissible cessation of deferral elections under this Plan. The amount of any distributions from an Eligible Employee’s Account pursuant to this Section 7.1(d) shall be limited to the amount necessary to meet the unforeseeable emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution. An Eligible Employee who takes a hardship withdrawal under this Section 7.1(d) will be ineligible to make deferrals under the Plan for the remainder of the Plan Year and performance period. Distribution shall be made in the calendar month following the determination by the Committee that a hardship withdrawal will be permitted.
          Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) through (d) above, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the

7


 

regulations thereunder, Oxford, in its discretion, may delay payment to a date after the payment date designated in such paragraphs under any of the following circumstances:
          Payments Made as Soon as Practicable After the Specified Date. Payments may be made as soon as practicable after the date specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) and in any event within the same calendar year or, if later, by the fifteenth day of the third calendar month following the date specified in paragraphs (a) through (d).
          Payments that Would Jeopardize Oxford and its Subsidiaries as a Going Concern. Payment will be delayed where the Committee determines that the making of the payment at the date specified under the Plan would jeopardize the ability of the Oxford and its subsidiaries to continue as a going concern; provided that such delayed payment will be made during the first taxable year of Oxford in which the making of the payment will not have such effect.
          Payments that Would Violate Federal Securities Laws or Other Applicable Law. Payment will be delayed where the Committee reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate federal securities laws or other applicable law; provided that the delayed payment is made at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation.
          Payments Subject to Section 162(m). Payment to an Eligible Employee may be delayed to the extent that Oxford reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, Oxford’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Section 162(m) of the Code; provided that the payment is made either during the Eligible Employee’s first taxable year in which Oxford reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Section 162(m) of the Code or during the period beginning with the date of the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the taxable year of Oxford in which the Eligible Employee Separates from Service or the 15th day of the third month following the Eligible Employee’s Separation from Service; provided further that where any scheduled payment to a specific Eligible Employee in a taxable year of Oxford is delayed in accordance with this Section 7.2(e)(4), all scheduled payments to such Eligible Employee that could be delayed in accordance with this Section 7.2(e)(4) also will be delayed.
     Distribution Forms.
          Separation from Service After Retirement Age. An Eligible Employee may elect that if he or she Separates from Service after Retirement Age, his or her subaccount for a Plan Year shall be distributed in a lump sum or annual installments over 2 to 15 years. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (a) to the contrary, if the Eligible Employee’s Account balance following Separation from Service is less than $25,000, then the Account will be distributed in a lump sum, rather than installments.
          Separation from Service Before Retirement Age or Death. If the Eligible Employee Separates from Service before Retirement Age or dies before his or her entire Account is distributed, his or her entire Account will be distributed in a lump sum, regardless of whether in-service distributions have commenced pursuant to Section 7.2(c).

8


 

          In-Service. An Eligible Employee may elect that an in-service distribution be paid in a lump sum or in annual installments over 2 to 5 years. An Eligible Employee may revise such in-service distribution election to change the form of distribution; provided, however, that (1) the revision will not take effect until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must be made at least 12 months before the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the in-service distribution will be deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service distribution would have commenced in the absence of the revision. If the Eligible Employee Separates from Service before Retirement Age or dies, his or her Account will be distributed in accordance with Section 7.3(b) and not this Section 7.3(c), even if distributions had commenced under this Section 7.3(c). However, if the Eligible Employee Separates from Service after Retirement Age, then distribution of any subaccount that had commenced under this Section 7.3(c) shall continue to be paid as scheduled, but payment of any subaccounts that had not commenced under this Section 7.3(c) shall be made in accordance with the form elected in Section 7.3(a).
          Installments. The amount of any installment distributable under this Section 7.3 shall be computed by multiplying the portion of the Eligible Employee’s Account (or subaccount, as applicable) to be distributed in installments by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the number of installments remaining after such installment has been paid plus one.
     Beneficiary. An Eligible Employee shall designate (on a form provided for this purpose) a person, or more than one person, as his or her Beneficiary to receive the balance credited to his or her Account in the event of his or her death. An Eligible Employee may change his or her Beneficiary designation at any time. If no Beneficiary designation is in effect on the date an Eligible Employee dies or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Eligible Employee, the Eligible Employee’s estate automatically shall be treated as his or her Beneficiary under this Plan.
NO FUNDING OBLIGATION
The obligation of the Company to make any distributions under this Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured; all distributions to, or on behalf of, an Eligible Employee under this Plan shall be made from the general assets of the Company, and any claim by an Eligible Employee or Beneficiary against the Company for any distribution under this Plan shall be treated the same as a claim of any general and unsecured creditor of Oxford or of any other Company by whom the Eligible Employee was employed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Oxford may, in its discretion, establish one or more irrevocable grantor trusts for the purpose of funding all or part of its obligations under this Plan; provided, however, that the terms of any such trusts require that the assets thereof remain subject to the claims of Oxford’s and the other Company’s judgment creditors and are non-assignable and non-alienable by any Eligible Employee or Beneficiary prior to distribution thereof.
COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 409A
Oxford intends that this Plan meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code (and any successor provisions of the Code) and the regulations and other guidance

9


 

issued thereunder (the “Requirements”) and be operated in accordance with such Requirements so that compensation deferred under this Plan (and applicable investment earnings) shall not be included in income under Section 409A of the Code. Any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to effect the intent as described in this Article IX. If any provision of this Plan is found to be in violation of the Requirements, then such provision shall be deemed to be modified or restricted to the extent and in the manner necessary to render such provision in conformity with the Requirements, or shall be deemed excised from this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced to the maximum extent permitted by the Requirements as if such provision had been originally incorporated in this Plan as so modified or restricted, or as if such provision had not originally been incorporated in this Plan, as the case may be.
MISCELLANEOUS
     Medium of Payment. All distributions under this Plan shall be made in cash.
     Making and Revoking Elections and Designations. Any election or designation or revised election or designation under this Plan shall be effective only when the properly completed election or designation form is received by the Committee or its delegate before the Eligible Employee’s death, subject to the rules set forth in this Plan.
     Statements. Oxford or its agent shall provide periodic statements to the Eligible Employee to show his or her Account balance.
     Claims Procedure. Any claim for a benefit under this Plan shall be filed and resolved in accordance with the claims procedure provided under the 401(k) Plan, which procedure hereby is incorporated in this Plan by reference, except that (a) the Committee of this Plan shall be the entity with whom a claim for review should be filed under this Plan and (b) the Committee has absolute discretion to resolve any claims under this Plan.
     Withholding. The Company may take whatever action that the Company deems appropriate to satisfy applicable federal, state and local income tax withholding requirements that the Company determines applicable under this Plan.
     No Liability. No Eligible Employee and no Beneficiary of an Eligible Employee shall have the right to look to, or have any claim whatsoever against, any officer, director, employee or agent of the Company in his or her individual capacity for the distribution of any Account.
     Nonalienation of Benefits. No benefit or payment under this Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, levy or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, levy upon or charge the same shall be void.
     Plan Administration. The Committee shall be the administrator of this Plan, and the Committee has the exclusive responsibility and complete discretionary authority to control the operation, management and administration of this Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to carry out those responsibilities, including (but not limited to) the power to construe this Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits, to settle disputed claims and to resolve all administrative, interpretive, operational, equitable and other questions that arise under this Plan.

10


 

The decisions of the Committee on all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and binding. To the extent a discretionary power or responsibility under this Plan is expressly assigned to a person by the Committee, that person will have complete discretionary authority to carry out that power or responsibility and that person’s decisions on all matters within the scope of that person’s authority will be final and binding.
     Construction. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. Headings and subheadings have been added only for convenience of reference and shall have no substantive effect whatsoever. All references to the singular shall include the plural and all references to the plural shall include the singular.
     No Contract of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and an Eligible Employee, as a right of any Eligible Employee to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge an Eligible Employee with or without cause.
     ERISA. Oxford intends that this Plan come within the various exceptions and exemptions to ERISA for a plan maintained for a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” as described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. Any ambiguities in this Plan shall be construed to affect the intent as described in this Section 10.11.
     Amendment and Termination. The Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board shall have the right to amend this Plan from time to time and to terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that (a) the balance credited to each Account immediately after any such amendment or termination shall be no less than the balance credited to such Account immediately before such amendment or termination (as adjusted for phantom investment fund performance), (b) the Nominating, Compensation and Governance Committee may accelerate the distribution of Account balances under this Plan upon termination to the extent permissible under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and (c) except to conform to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, no amendment or termination shall adversely affect an Eligible Employee’s right to the distribution of his or her Account or his or her Beneficiary’s right to the distribution of such Account.
     Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
          Pre-2005 Deferrals. The Pre-2005 Oxford Plan and any liabilities thereunder hereby are a part of this Plan effective as of January 1, 2006. Any amounts deferred before January 1, 2005 under the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder) shall be governed by the terms of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan, which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit A. Nothing herein is intended to give any additional benefits to or enhance the benefits of a participant in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan and it is intended that amounts deferred under that plan (and any earnings on such amounts) are not subject to Section 409A of the Code. There shall be no further deferrals under the terms of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan after December 31, 2004.
          Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals. The Pre-2005 Oxford Plan is amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code in the form of the addendum attached to this Plan as

11


 

Exhibit B with respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006.
     Tommy Bahama Plan.
          Pre-2005 Deferrals. The Tommy Bahama Plan and any liabilities thereunder hereby are a part of this Plan effective as of January 1, 2006. Any amounts deferred before January 1, 2005 under the Tommy Bahama Plan (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder) shall be governed by the terms of the Tommy Bahama Plan, which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit C. Nothing herein is intended to give any additional benefits to or enhance the benefits of a participant in the Tommy Bahama Plan and it is intended that amounts deferred under that plan (and any earnings on such amounts) are not subject to Section 409A of the Code. There shall be no further deferrals under the terms of the Tommy Bahama Plan after December 31, 2004.
          Post-2004 and Pre-2006 Deferrals. The Tommy Bahama Plan is amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code in the form of the addendum attached to this Plan as Exhibit D with respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006. Each Deferred Compensation Account maintained under the Tommy Bahama Plan for a person who is an active Employee on January 1, 2006 shall be fully vested as of January 1, 2006.
     Special Transition Bonus Election. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan, the Committee in its discretion may allow an Eligible Employee to elect during 2007 (in accordance with procedures established by the Committee and in compliance with transition guidance provided under IRS Notice 2006-79) to elect to defer up to the Maximum Deferral Percentage of any bonus attributable to a performance period beginning in 2007 that otherwise would be a short-term deferral (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder) payable in 2007 or 2008.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Oxford Industries, Inc. has caused this Plan document to be executed as of this 31st day of December, 2007.
         
ATTEST:
  OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.    
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
By: Suraj A. Palakshappa, Asst. Secretary
  By: Thomas E. Campbell, Vice President    

12


 

EXHIBIT A
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 


 

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
ARTICLE I — PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE
1.1.   Purpose. The purpose of this Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to permit a select group of management and highly compensated employees of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) to defer the receipt of income which would otherwise become payable to them. It is intended that this Plan, by providing this deferral opportunity, will assist the Company in attracting and retaining individuals of exceptional ability.
 
1.2.   Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2001.
ARTICLE II — DEFINITIONS
          For the purpose of this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
2.1.   Account(s). “Account(s)” means the account or accounts maintained on the books of the Company used solely to calculate the amount payable to each Participant under this Plan and shall not constitute a separate fund or assets. The Accounts available for each Participant shall be identified as:
  a)   Retirement Account and/or,
 
  b)   Up to two In-Service Accounts.
2.2.   Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity, as designated by the Participant, entitled under Article VI to receive any Plan benefits payable after the Participant’s death.
 
2.3.   Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
2.4.   Change in Control. A “Change in Control” shall occur if:
  a)   Any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13-d under such Act) of more than fifty (50%) of the then outstanding voting stock of the Company, other than through a transaction arranged by, or consummated with the prior approval of, the Board; or
 
  b)   During any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (and any new Director whose election by the Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
 
  c)   The shareholders of Company approve a merger or consolidation of Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of a Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent

 


 

      (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
  d)   The shareholders of Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
2.5.   Committee. “Committee” means the Committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Article VII.
 
2.6.   Company. “Company” means Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and any directly or indirectly affiliated subsidiary corporations, any other affiliate which is designated by the Board, or any successor to the business thereof.
 
2.7.   Compensation. “Compensation” means the base salary, commissions and/or bonus compensation payable to a Participant with respect to employment services performed for the Company by the Participant and Company matching contributions that would otherwise be included in “wages” for purposes of federal income tax withholding. For purposes of this Plan, Compensation shall be calculated before reduction for any amounts deferred by the Participant pursuant to the Company’s tax qualified plans which may be maintained under Section 401(k) or Section 125 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), or pursuant to this Plan or any other non-qualified plan which permits the voluntary deferral of compensation. Inclusion of any other forms of compensation is subject to Committee Approval.
 
2.8.   Deferral Commitment. “Deferral Commitment” means a commitment made by a Participant and accepted by the Committee to defer a portion of Compensation paid to or earned such Participant during a specified Deferral Period. The Deferral Commitment shall apply to each payment of salary and/or bonus, as applicable, earned by or payable to a Participant for a given Deferral Period, and shall specify the Account or Accounts to which such deferrals shall be credited. Such designation shall be made in whole percentages and shall be made in a form acceptable to the Committee. Once made, a Deferral Commitment shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be irrevocable by the Participant for the Deferral Period to which it applies.
 
2.9.   Deferral Period. “Deferral Period” means a calendar year to which a Deferral Commitment applies.
 
2.10.   Determination Date. “Determination Date” means the last business day of each calendar month.
 
2.11.   Disability. “Disability” means a physical or mental condition that prevents the Participant from satisfactorily performing the Participant’s duties for Company. The Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine the existence of Disability and may rely on such evidence of disability as it deems appropriate, including a determination of disability under the Company’s long-term disability plan or advice from a medical examiner satisfactory to the Committee.
 
2.12.   Discretionary Contribution. “Discretionary Contribution” means the Company contribution credited to a Participant’s Account(s) under Section 4.5, below.
 
2.13.   Distribution Election. “Distribution Election” means the form prescribed by the Committee and completed by the Participant, indicating the chosen form of payment for benefits payable from each Account under this Plan, as elected by the Participant.

2


 

2.14.   Financial Hardship. “Financial Hardship” means a severe, unexpected and unforeseeable financial hardship of the Participant resulting from a Disability of the Participant, a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, uninsured loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstance arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. Financial Hardship shall be determined based upon such standards as are, from time to time, established by the Committee, and such determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Committee.
 
2.15.   401(k) Plan. “401(k) Plan” means the Oxford Industries, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, or any other successor defined contribution plan maintained by the Company that qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code and satisfies the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code.
 
2.16.   Investment Option. “Investment Option” means one or more of the independently established funds or indices that are identified and listed by the Committee. These Investment Options are used solely to calculate the investment gains or losses that are credited to each Participant’s Account(s) in accordance with Article IV. The determination of the investment gains or losses attributable to the performance of each Investment Option shall be made by the Committee in its reasonable discretion. The Committee shall select and provide a list of the various Investment Options available to the Participants with respect to this Plan; provided, that the Committee may amend such list from time to time in its sole discretion.
 
2.17.   Matching Contribution. “Matching Contribution” means the Company contribution credited to a Participant’s Account(s) under Section 4.4, below.
 
2.18.   Participant. “Participant” means any employee who is eligible pursuant to Section 3.1 to participate in this Plan and who has elected to defer Compensation under this Plan in accordance with Article III. Such employee shall remain a Participant in this Plan for the period of deferral and until such time as all benefits payable under this Plan have been paid in accordance with the provisions hereof.
 
2.19.   Plan. “Plan” means this Oxford Industries, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
 
2.20.   Retirement. “Retirement” means the termination of employment with the Company of the Participant on or after attaining age 65 or on or after attaining age 55 with at least 7 Years of Service, or a termination of employment that has received the approval by the Committee as qualifying as a Retirement under this Plan.
 
2.21.   Years of Service. “Years of Service” shall have the meaning provided for such term for purposes of vesting under the 401(k) Plan, whether or not the Participant is a participant in such plan.
ARTICLE III — ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.1.   Eligibility and Participation.
  a)   Eligibility. Eligibility to participate in the Plan for a Deferral Period shall be limited to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company designated by management, from time to time, and approved by the Committee.
 
  b)   Participation. An employee’s participation in the Plan for a Deferral Period shall be effective upon notification to the employee by the Committee of eligibility to participate, completion

3


 

      and submission of a Deferral Commitment, Distribution Election Form and Investment Allocation Form to the Committee no later than the deadline established by the Committee, and the acceptance by the Committee of such forms.
3.2.   Form of Deferral. A Deferral Commitment shall be made with respect to each payment of salary, commissions and/or bonus earned by or payable to a Participant during the Deferral Period, and shall designate the portion of each deferral that shall be allocated among the various Accounts. The Participant shall set forth the amount to be deferred as a full percentage of salary, commission and/or bonus. In addition, the Participant shall specify in a separate form (known as the “Investment Allocation Form”) filed with the Committee, the Participant’s initial allocation of the amounts deferred into each Account among the various available Investment Options.
 
3.3.   Limitations on Deferral Commitments. The maximum percentage of each payment of base salary and commissions that may be deferred during a Deferral Period shall be fifty percent (50%), and the maximum percentage of bonus compensation that may be deferred during the Deferral Period shall be one hundred percent (100%). The Committee may set such additional limitations for a Deferral Period, as it determines in its sole discretion, once it has reviewed the participation level for such Deferral Period.
 
3.4.   Commitment Limited by Termination. If a Participant terminates employment with Company prior to the end of a Deferral Period, the Deferral Commitment in effect for such Deferral Period shall be revoked as of the date of such termination.
 
3.5.   Modification of Deferral Commitment. Except as provided in Sections 3.4 and 5.5, a Deferral Commitment for a Deferral Period shall be irrevocable by the Participant during such Deferral Period.
 
3.6.   Change in Employment Status. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as determined in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any Deferral Commitment currently in effect, prohibit the Participant from making any future Deferral Commitments and/or distribute the Participant’s Account Balances in accordance with Article V of this Plan as if the Participant had terminated employment with the Company as of that time.
ARTICLE IV — DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT
4.1.   Accounts. The Compensation deferred by a Participant under the Plan, any Matching Contributions deferred under the Plan, Discretionary Contributions and Earnings shall be credited to the Participant’s Account(s). The Participant shall designate the portion of each deferral that will be credited to each Account as set forth in Section 3.2(a). These Accounts shall be used solely to calculate the amount payable to each Participant under this Plan and shall not constitute a separate fund of assets.
 
4.2.   Timing of Credits; Withholding. A Participant’s deferred Compensation shall be credited to each Account designated by the Participant on the last business day of the month during which the compensation deferred would have otherwise been payable to the Participant. Any Matching Contributions shall be credited to each Account on the last business day of the month during which the deferred Compensation to which the Matching Contributions relates was credited to each Account. Any Discretionary Contributions shall be credited to the appropriate Account(s) as

4


 

    provided by the Committee. Any withholding of taxes or other amounts with respect to deferred Compensation that is required by local, state or federal law shall be withheld from the Participant’s corresponding non-deferred portion of the Compensation to the maximum extent possible, and any remaining amount shall reduce the amount credited to the Participant’s Account in a manner specified by the Committee.
 
4.3.   Investment Options. A Participant shall designate, at a time and in a manner acceptable to the Committee, one or more Investment Options for each Account to be used for the sole purpose of determining the amount of Earnings to be credited or debited to such Account. Such election shall designate the portion of each deferral of Compensation made into each Account that shall be allocated among the available Investment Option(s), and such election shall apply to each succeeding deferral of Compensation until such time as the Participant shall file a new election with the Committee. Upon notice to the Committee, the Participant may also reallocate the balance in each Investment Option among the other available Investment Options as of the next succeeding Determination Date, but in no event shall such re-allocation occur more frequently than monthly.
 
4.4.   Matching Contributions. The Company shall credit the portion elected by the Participant of the Company’s total Matching Contribution on behalf of the Participant to the Account designated by the Participant.
 
4.5.   Discretionary Contributions. The Company may make Discretionary Contributions to a Participant’s Account. Discretionary Contributions shall be credited and shall become vested at such times and in such amounts as recommended by the Committee and approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or the Board, in its sole discretion. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, such Discretionary Contribution shall be allocated among the various Accounts in the same proportion as set forth in section 4.1.
 
4.6.   Determination of Accounts. Each Participant’s Account as of each Determination Date shall consist of the balance of the Account as of the immediately preceding Determination Date, adjusted as follows:
  a)   New Deferrals. Each Account shall be increased by any deferrals credited since the prior Determination Date.
 
  b)   Company Contributions. Each Account shall be increased by any Matching and/or Discretionary Contributions credited since the prior Determination Date.
 
  c)   Distributions. Each Account shall be reduced by the amount of each benefit payment made from that Account since the prior Determination Date. Distributions shall be deemed to have been made proportionally from each of the Investment Options maintained within such Account based on the proportion that such Investment Option bears to the sum of all Investment Options maintained within such Account for that Participant as of the Determination Date immediately preceding the date of payment.
 
  d)   Earnings. Each Account shall be increased or decreased by the Earnings credited to such Account since the prior Determination Date as though the balance of that Account as of the beginning of the current month had been invested in the applicable Investment Options chosen by the Participant.
4.7.   Vesting of Accounts. Each Participant shall be vested in the amounts credited to such Participant’s Account and Earnings thereon as follows:

5


 

  a)   Amounts Deferred. A Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested at all times in the Participant’s deferrals of salary, commission and/or bonus and the Earnings thereon.
 
  b)   Matching Contributions. A Participant shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested at all times in the Matching Contributions made under the Plan and the Earnings thereon.
 
  c)   Discretionary Contributions. A Participant’s Discretionary Contributions and Earnings thereon shall become vested as determined by the Committee and as approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or the Board.
4.8.   Statement of Accounts. Each Participant shall receive a statement showing the balances in the Participant’s Account on a quarterly basis.
ARTICLE V — PLAN BENEFITS
5.1.   Retirement Account. The vested portion of a Participant’s Retirement Account shall be distributed to the Participant upon the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company. Benefits under this section shall be payable the January following termination of employment, but no sooner than thirty (30) days following termination. The form of benefit payment shall be that form selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 5.6 unless the Participant terminates employment prior to Retirement, in which event, the Retirement Account shall be paid in the form of a lump sum payment unless the Committee determines, upon written request, to allow the payment to be made in the form designation on the Distribution Election Form.
 
5.2.   In-Service Account. The vested portion of a Participant’s In-Service Account shall be distributed to the Participant upon the date chosen by the Participant in the Distribution Election Form, but in no event shall the date specified for commencement of payment be earlier than five (5) years from the beginning of the first Deferral Period during which the Participant elected compensation to be deferred into that Account. The form of benefit payment shall be that form selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 5.7. However, if the Participant terminates employment with the Company prior to the date so chosen by the Participant, the vested portion of the In-Service Account shall be added to the Retirement Account as of the date of termination of service and shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.1.
 
5.3.   Death Benefit. Upon the death of a Participant, Company shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary an amount equal to the remaining unpaid and vested Account balance in each Account in the form of a lump sum payment.
 
5.4.   Hardship Distributions. Upon a finding that a Participant has suffered a Financial Hardship, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the existing Deferral Commitment, or make distributions from any or all of the Participant’s Accounts. The amount of such distribution shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to meet the Participant’s needs resulting from the Financial Hardship plus applicable taxes, and shall not exceed the Participant’s vested Account balances. If payment is made from any or all of the Participant’s accounts due to Financial Hardship, the Participant’s deferrals under this Plan shall cease for the remainder of the current Deferral Period and the next subsequent Deferral Period.
 
5.5.   Withdrawal with Penalty. The Participant may elect, in the sole discretion of the Participant, to withdraw from participation in this Plan, and to cause the total vested portion of the Participant’s

6


 

    Account balances to be distributed in accordance with this Article V as if the Participant had terminated service with the Company as of the time of such election, except that such Account balances shall be reduced by a penalty of ten percent (10%) of such Account Balances. The Participant’s account balances, less the 10% penalty, shall be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as administratively practical in the form of a lump sum payment. The Participant, or the Participant’s Beneficiary, may file such an election at any time prior to the complete payment of benefits due under this Plan. Upon the filing of this election, any Deferral Commitment for the current Deferral Period shall be terminated and the Participant shall be prohibited from participating in this Plan for the next subsequent Deferral Period.
 
5.6.   Form of Payment. Unless otherwise specified in paragraphs 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, or 5.5, the benefits payable from any Account under this Plan shall be paid in the form of benefit as provided below, and as specified by the Participant in the Distribution Election, which election shall be irrevocable once made. The permitted forms of benefit payments are:
  a)   A lump sum amount which is equal to the vested Account balance;
 
  b)   In the event of distributions from the Retirement Account, annual installments for a period of five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years where the annual payment shall be equal to the balance of the Account immediately prior to the payment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which commences at the number of annual payment initially chosen and is reduced by one (1) in each succeeding year. Earnings on the unpaid balance shall be based on the most recent allocation among the available Investment Options chosen by the Participant, made in accordance with Section 4.3;
 
  c)   In the event of distributions from the In-Service Account, annual installments for a period up to five (5) where the annual payment shall be equal to the balance of the Account immediately prior to the payment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which commences at the number of annual payment initially chosen and is reduced by one (1) in each succeeding year. Earnings on the unpaid balance shall be based on the most recent allocation among the available Investment Options chosen by the Participant, made in accordance with Section 4.3; and,
 
  d)   Any other form of payment requested by the Participant and approved by the Committee.
5.7.   Small Account. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, if the total of a Participant’s vested, unpaid Account balances as of the Participant’s Retirement is less than $25,000, the remaining unpaid, vested Account(s) shall be paid in a lump sum, notwithstanding any election by the Participant to the contrary.
 
5.8.   Withholding; Payroll Taxes. The Company shall withhold from any payment made pursuant to this Plan any taxes required to be withheld from such payments under local, state or federal law.
 
5.9.   Payment to Guardian. If a Plan benefit is payable to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of the property, the Committee may direct payment to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or person. The Committee may require proof of incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Committee and Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

7


 

5.10.   Effect of Payment. The full payment of the applicable benefit under this Article V shall completely discharge all obligations on the part of the Company to the Participant (and the Participant’s Beneficiary) with respect to the operation of this Plan, and the Participant’s (and Participant’s Beneficiary’s) rights under this Plan shall terminate.
ARTICLE VI — BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
6.1.   Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate one (1) or more persons or entities as Beneficiary (both primary as well as secondary) to whom benefits under this Plan shall be paid in the event of Participant’s death prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s vested Account balance. Each Beneficiary designation shall be in a written form prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed with the Committee during the Participant’s lifetime.
 
6.2.   Changing Beneficiary. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by the filing of a new Beneficiary designation with the Committee.
 
6.3.   No Beneficiary Designation. If any Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary in the manner provided above, if the designation is void, or if the Beneficiary designated by a deceased Participant dies before the Participant or before complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate.
 
6.4.   Effect of Payment. Payment to the Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations under this Plan.
ARTICLE VII — ADMINISTRATION
7.1.   Committee; Duties. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall consist of not less than three (3) persons appointed by the Board, except after a Change in Control as provided in Section 7.5. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in such administration. A majority vote of the Committee members shall control any decision. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan.
 
7.2.   Agents. The Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
 
7.3.   Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder and with respect to determining eligibility to participate in the Plan, whether, when and in what amount benefits are payable under the Plan, and any factual determinations shall made in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons.
 
7.4.   Indemnity of Committee. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan on account of such member’s service on the Committee, except

8


 

    in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
7.5.   Election of Committee After Change in Control. After a Change in Control, vacancies on the Committee shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining Committee members and Committee members may be removed only by such a vote. If no Committee members remain, a new Committee shall be elected by majority vote of the Participants in the Plan immediately preceding such Change in control. No amendment shall be made to Article VII or other Plan provisions regarding Committee authority with respect to the Plan without prior approval by the Committee.
ARTICLE VIII — CLAIMS PROCEDURE
8.1.   Claim. Any person or entity claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan (hereinafter referred to as “Claimant”), or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing as soon as practicable.
 
8.2.   Denial of Claim. If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:
  a)   The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
 
  b)   A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary; and
 
  c)   An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.
8.3.   Review of Claim. Any Claimant whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within sixty (60) days may request a review by notice given in writing to the Committee within sixty (60) days following such denial or lack of response. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee.
 
8.4.   Final Decision. The decision on review shall normally be made within sixty (60) days after the Committee’s receipt of claimant’s claim or request. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the Claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be one hundred twenty (120) days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions. All decisions on review shall be made in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all parties.
ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
9.1.   Amendment. The Board may at any time amend the Plan by written instrument, notice of which is given to all Participants and to Beneficiaries receiving installment payments, subject to the following; provided, that no amendment shall reduce the amount accrued in any Account as of the date such notice of the amendment is given.
 
9.2.   Company’s Right to Terminate. The Board may at any time partially or completely terminate the Plan, as it determines in its sole discretion.
  a)   Partial Termination. The Board may partially terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept Deferral Commitments for future Deferral Periods. If such a partial

9


 

      termination occurs, the Plan shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to Deferral Commitments entered into prior to the effective date of such partial termination.
 
  b)   Complete Termination. The Board may completely terminate the Plan by instructing the Committee not to accept Deferral Commitments for future Deferral Periods, and by terminating all current Deferral Commitments. In the event of complete termination, the Plan shall cease to operate and Company shall distribute each Account to the appropriate Participant. Payment shall be made as a lump sum.
ARTICLE X — MISCELLANEOUS
10.1.   Unfunded Plan. This plan is an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of “management or highly-compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, the Board may take such actions as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate if it is determined by the United States Department of Labor, a court of competent jurisdiction, or an opinion of counsel that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3 (2) of ERISA (as currently in effect or hereafter amended) which is not so exempt.
 
10.2.   Unsecured General Creditor. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Participants and Participants’ Beneficiary shall be unsecured general creditors, with no secured or preferential rights to any assets of Company or any other party for payment of benefits under this Plan. Any property held by Company for the purpose of generating the cash flow for benefit payments shall remain its general, unpledged and unrestricted assets. Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
 
10.3.   Trust Fund. Company shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, Company may establish one (1) or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of assisting in the payment of such benefits. Although such a trust shall be irrevocable, its assets shall be held for payment of all Company’s general creditors in the event of insolvency. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are paid from any such trust, Company shall have no further obligation to pay them. If not paid from the trust, such benefits shall remain the obligation of Company.
 
10.4.   Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
 
10.5.   Not a Contract of Employment. This Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment between Company and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discipline or discharge a Participant at any time.
 
10.6.   Protective Provisions. A Participant shall cooperate with Company by furnishing any and all

10


 

    information requested by Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder and by taking such action as may be requested by Company.
 
10.7.   Governing Law. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Georgia, except as preempted by federal law.
 
10.8.   Validity. If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
 
10.9.   Notice. Any notice required or permitted under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered or sent by registered or certified mail. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Mailed notice to the Committee shall be directed to the company’s primary business address. Mailed notice to a Participant or Beneficiary shall be directed to the individual’s last known address in company’s records
 
10.10.   Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of Company and its successors and assigns. The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of Company, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.
         
  OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Thomas E. Campbell   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

11


 

EXHIBIT B
PRE-2005 OXFORD PLAN
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2005 COMPENSATION
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Exhibit B shall supersede all inconsistent provisions of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan with respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 (and earnings on such amounts). All other provisions of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall apply with respect to such deferrals to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Exhibit B or Section 409A of the Code, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. This Exhibit B is intended to (a) satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code for deferrals made after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 and (b) not constitute a material modification of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan with respect to amounts deferred before January 1, 2005.
     1. Account(s). A separate bookkeeping account shall be established to account for deferrals made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 and any earnings on such deferrals. The portion of any Account that was not fully vested on December 31, 2004 shall be treated as a deferral made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004.
     2. Participation. A Deferral Commitment shall only apply to defer a portion of Compensation consisting of base salary, commissions and/or bonus compensation earned by a Participant during the Deferral Period. The deadline for completion and submission of a Deferral Commitment and Distribution Election Form is December 31, 2004.
     3. Change in Employment Status. The provisions of Section 3.6 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall not apply.
     4. Hardship Distributions. The provisions of Sections 2.14 and 5.4 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall not apply, and Section 7.2(d) of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.
     5. Distribution of Retirement Account. In order for a termination of employment with the Company to trigger a distribution, the termination of employment must qualify as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Distribution upon termination of employment will be made in the form selected by the Participant, unless the Participant terminates employment prior to Retirement, in which case the Retirement Account shall be paid in the form of a lump sum payment, with no Committee discretion to pay in another form. A distribution made as a result of the Participant’s separation from service (whether prior to or upon Retirement) will commence in the first calendar month that is 6 months from the date the Participant terminates employment. “Retirement” means the separation from service with the Company of the Participant on or after attaining age 55 with at least 7 Years of Service.
     6. In-Service Account. A Participant may revise an in-service distribution election to change the time of distribution; provided, however, that (1) the revision will not take effect until 12 months after the date it is made, (2) the revision must be made at least 12 months before the in-service distribution otherwise would commence, and (3) the in-service distribution will be deferred for at least 5 years from the date the in-service distribution would have commenced in the absence of the revision.

12


 

     7. Death. If distribution is made as a result of the Participant’s death under Section 5.3 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan, distribution will commence in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her death occurred.
     8. Withdrawal with Penalty. The provisions of Section 5.5 of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall not apply.
     9. Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Section 7.2(e) of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.

13


 

     10. Amendment and Complete Termination. The provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2(b) of the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan shall not apply, and Section 10.12 of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Pre-2005 Oxford Plan.

14


 

EXHIBIT C
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
SECTION 1
Definitions
1.1. Affiliate. “Affiliate” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or similar organization or entity that is required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to Code Sections 414(b), (c), or (m).
1.2. Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time Any reference to a section of the Code includes any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.
1.3. Company. “Company” means Viewpoint International, Inc. located at 1071 Avenue of the Americas, NY, NY 10018, employer tax identification number 13-3676108 Which Company has established the Plan, as set forth herein
1.4. Compensation. “Compensation” means (select one option):
             
Option 1.   þ   Total taxable salary, bonuses and commissions paid to a Participant by the Employer (determined without regard to any amounts in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account).
 
           
Option 2.   o   Total taxable salary and commissions of the Participant paid or accrued by the Employer, but not including the value of any bonuses, stock options, stock appreciation rights (determined without regard to any amounts in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account).
 
           
Option 3.
  o   Other    
 
           
 
           
         
 
           
         
 
           
         
1.5. Deferred Compensation Account. “Deferred Compensation Account” means the book-keeping account maintained under the Plan in the Participant’s name to reflect amounts deferred under the Plan pursuant to Section 3 (as adjusted under Section 4) and (if elected by the Company) any Employer Discretionary Contributions made on behalf of the Participant (as adjusted under Section 4)
1.6. Deferral Election. “Deferral Election” means a written notice filed by the Participant with the Employer specifying the Compensation or bonus to be deferred by the Participant.
1.7. Distribution Date. “Distribution Date” means the date a Participant terminates employment or association with the Employers for whatever reason, unless such termination of employment is for Good Cause.
1.8. Early Retirement Date. “Early Retirement Date” means (select one option):
      o The date the Participant attains                      years of age.
 
      þ The date the Participant attains 55 years of age and has been employed by the Company or its Affiliates for at least 10 years.
1.9. Effective Date. “Effective Date” means July 20, 2001.
1.10. Employee. “Employee” means an employee of an Employer who meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Subsection 3.1 of the Plan and who is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees as defined under ERISA or the regulations thereunder.

1


 

1.11. Employer. “Employer” means, individually, the Company and each Affiliate of the Company that adopts the Plan in accordance with Subsection 7.1. The Company and any Affiliates that adopt the Plan are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Employers.”
1.12. ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of ERISA includes any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.
1.13. Excess Contributions. “Excess Contributions” means contributions determined to be excess contributions or excess deferrals (as such terms are defined in the regulations under Section 401(k) of the Code) for the Plan Year under a plan maintained by an Employer that is qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code.
1.14. Independent Contractor. “Independent Contractor” means an individual who is not a common-law employee of an Employer but who receives payments from the Employer for services rendered.
1.15. Normal Retirement Date. “Normal Retirement Date” means (select one option):
      o The date the Participant attains                      years of age.
 
      þ The date the Participant attains 65 years of age and has been employed by the Company or its Affiliates for at least 10 years.
1.16. Participant. “Participant” means an Employee or Independent Contractor who meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Subsection 3.1 and who has made a Deferral Election in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
1.17. Plan. “Plan” means the provisions of the Plan, as set forth herein, including the variable provisions selected and agreed to by the Company.
1.18. Plan Administrator. The “Plan Administrator” means (select one option):
         
o   The Company.
 
       
o   A committee of at least                      members appointed by the Company
 
       
þ   The C.F.O. (insert title) of the Company.
         
  o
  Other    
 
       
1.19. Plan Year. “Plan Year” means the calendar year. However, if the Effective Date of the Plan is other than January 1 of a year, the initial Plan Year shall be a short Plan Year, beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the following December 31.
1.20. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from:
  (a)   A sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant;
 
  (b)   Loss of the Participant’s principal residence due to casualty; or
 
  (c)   Such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances resulting from events beyond the control of the Participant.
Whether a Participant has an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator.
1.21. Valuation Date. “Valuation Date” means (select one option):

2


 

    þ Any business day.
 
    o The last day of any calendar month.
 
    o The last day of any calendar quarter.
 
    o The last day of the Plan Year.
         
 
   o
 Other  
 
       
1.22. Other Definitions. In addition to the terms defined in this Section 1, other terms are defined when first used in later Sections of this Plan.
SECTION 2
Purpose and Administration
2.1. Purpose. The Company has established the Plan primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employers. The Plan is intended to be a top-hat plan described in Section 201(2) of ERISA. If elected by the Company under Subsection 3.1 of the Plan, Independent Contractors also may participate in the Plan. The Company intends that the Plan (and each Trust under the Plan (as described in Subsection 6.1)) shall be treated as unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. An Employer’s obligations hereunder, if any, to a Participant (or to a Participant’s beneficiary) shall be unsecured and shall be a mere promise by the Employer to make payments hereunder in the future. A Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiary) shall be treated as a general unsecured creditor of the Employer.
2.2. Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the Company’s Board of Directors and may be removed by such Board, with or without cause. The Plan Administrator may resign upon prior written notice to the Company’s Board of Directors.
The Plan Administrator shall have the powers, rights, and duties set forth in the Plan and shall have the power, in the Plan Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion, to determine all questions arising under the Plan, including the determination of the rights of all persons with respect to the Plan and to interpret the provisions of the Plan and remedy any ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions Any decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on ail persons with respect to the Plan and the benefits provided under’ the Plan. The Plan Administrator may delegate the Plan Administrator’s authority under the Plan to one or more officers or directors of the Company; provided, however, that (a) such delegation must be in writing, and (b) the officers or directors of the Company to whom the Plan Administrator is delegating authority must accept such delegation in writing.
If a Participant is serving as the Plan Administrator (either individually or as a member of a committee), the Participant may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning such Participant’s benefits under the Plan that the Participant would not have the right to decide or determine if the Participant were not serving as the Plan Administrator

3


 

SECTION 3
Eligibility, Participation, Deferral Elections,
and Employer Contributions
3.1. Eligibility and Participation, Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, the following persons are eligible to participate in the Plan (select and complete option(s)):
     
þ
  All Employees with a rank of Manager (insert title) or above and with total earnings of at least $85,000 per Plan Year
 
   
o
  The following Employees of the Employers:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  (Attach a separate sheet if necessary)
 
   
o
  The following Independent Contractors:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  (Attach a separate sheet if necessary)
Any individuals specified above by an Employer may be changed by action of the Employer An Employee or Independent Contractor shall become a Participant in the Plan upon the execution and filing with the Plan Administrator of a written election to defer a portion of the Employee’s or Independent Contractor’s Compensation. A Participant shall remain a Participant until the entire balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed.
3.2. Rules for Deferral Elections. Any person identified in Subsection 3.1 may make a Deferral Election to defer receipt of Compensation he or she otherwise would be entitled to receive for a Plan Year in accordance with the rules set forth below:
  (a)   All Deferral Elections must be made in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator and will be effective only when filed with the Plan Administrator no later than the date specified by the Plan Administrator. In no event may a Deferral Election be made later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the amount being deferred would otherwise be made available to the Participant. However, in the case of a Participant’s initial year of employment or association with an Employer, the Participant may make a Deferral Election with respect to compensation for services to be performed subsequent to such Deferral Election, provided such election is made no later than 30 days after the date the Participant first becomes eligible for the Plan. Furthermore, in the case of a short initial Plan Year, each Participant may make a Deferral Election with respect to compensation for services to be performed subsequent to such Deferral Election, provided such election is made no later than 30 days after the Effective Date.
 
  (b)   With respect to Plan Years following the Participant’s initial Plan Year of participation in the Plan, failure to complete a subsequent Deferral Election shall constitute a waiver of the Participant’s right to elect a different amount of Compensation to be deferred for each such Plan Year and shall be considered an affirmation and ratification to continue the Participant’s existing Deferral Election. However, a Participant may, prior to the beginning of any Plan Year, elect to increase or decrease the amount of Compensation to be deferred for the next following Plan Year by filing another Deferral Election with the Plan Administrator in accordance with paragraph (a) above.
 
  (c)   A Deferral Election in effect for a Plan Year may not be modified during the Plan Year, except that a Participant may terminate the Participant’s Deferral Election during a Plan Year in the event of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.

4


 

3.3. Amounts Deferred. (select one option):
      Option 1. þ Deferral of a Percentage of Compensation plus Bonus.
 
      Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer (a) up to 100% of the Participant’s Compensation for a Plan Year and (b) up to 100% of the Participant’s bonus for a Plan Year. The amount of Compensation and bonus deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately following the date such Compensation and bonus would, but for the Participant’s Deferral Election, be payable to the Participant.
 
      Option 2. o Deferral of Bonus Only.
 
      Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer up to % of any bonus awarded to the Participant during a Plan Year. The amount of bonus deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately following such the date such bonus would, but for the Participant’s Deferral Election, be payable to the Participant.
 
      Option 3. þ Deferral of Excess Contributions
 
      Commencing on the Effective Date, a Participant may elect to defer an amount equal to the Excess Contributions payable to the Participant during a Plan Year. Such amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately following the date such amount would, but for the Participant’s Deferral Election, be payable to the Participant.
3.4 Employer Discretionary Contributions. If selected by the Company below, an Employer may, in its sole discretion, credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of any Participant employed by that Employer an amount determined by the Employer in its sole discretion (an “Employer Discretionary Contribution”) for a Plan Year. Any Employer Discretionary Contribution for a Plan Year will be credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account as of the Valuation Date specified by the Employer.
(select one of the following options)
      o No Employer Discretionary Contributions will be made under the Plan..
 
      þ Employer Discretionary Contributions may be made under the Plan for a Plan Year as determined by each Employer in its sole discretion.

5


 

SECTION 4
Deferred Compensation Accounts
4.1. Deferred Compensation Accounts. All amounts deferred pursuant to one or more Deferral Elections under the Plan and any Employer Discretionary Contributions shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and shall be adjusted under Subsection 4.2
4.2. Deferral Account Adjustments and Investment Options. As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator shall adjust amounts in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account to reflect earnings (or losses) in the Investment Options (as defined in Subsection 4.4) attributable to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account Earnings (or losses) on amounts in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall accrue commencing on the date the Deferred Compensation Account first has a positive balance and shall continue to accrue until the entire balance in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed. Earnings (or losses) shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account based on the realized rate of return (net of any expenses and taxes paid from the Trust) on the Investment Options attributable to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account.
4.3. Vesting. A Participant shall be fully vested in the amounts in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participant’s Deferral Elections. If Employer Discretionary Contributions are made under the Plan, a Participant shall be vested in the amount in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions in accordance with the following (select Options 1, 2, or 3 and, if desired, Option 4. and/or Option 5):
Option 1. þ Five Year Vesting Schedule
Vesting for Participants will be determined by (select one):
      þ Years of Service with the Employer.
 
      o Years of Participation in this Plan.
Nonforfeitable Percentage
         
Less than 5 years
    0 %
5 or more years
    100 %

6


 

Option 2 o Seven Year Graded Vesting Schedule
Vesting for Participants will be determined by (select one):
      o Years of Service with the Employer.
 
      o Years of Participation in this Plan.
Nonforfeitable Percentage
         
Less than 3 years
    0 %
3 years
    20 %
4 years
    40 %
5 years
    60 %
6 years
    80 %
7 years
    100 %
         
Option 3.
  o   Other vesting schedule as described below:
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
Option 4.
  o   Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, the balance in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be forfeited if the Participant’s employment or association with the Employer is terminated for Good Cause.
 
       
Option 5
  o   Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, the entire balance in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be fully vested upon the Participant’s Early Retirement Date.
For the purpose of determining a Participant’s vested benefit with respect to Employer Discretionary Contributions, a “Year of Service” means each twelve-month period of employment or association with the Company and the Affiliates, and a “Year of Participation” means each twelve-month period of active participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be fully vested in the entire balance in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account upon the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, death or becoming disabled (as provided in Subsection 5.2 below), provided the date on which the Participant dies or becomes disabled occurs while the Participant is actively employed by or associated with the Employers. The portion of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account in which the Participant is not fully vested shall be forfeited to the Employer by the Participant.
If elected by the Company under Option 4. above, notwithstanding the vesting schedule selected in Option 1., 2., or 3. above, the balance in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Discretionary Contributions will be forfeited (and neither the Participant nor the Participant’s beneficiaries will have any rights thereto) if the Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated for Good Cause. “Good Cause” means the Participant’s gross negligence, fraud, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Employer that is committed in connection with the Participant’s employment by or association with the Employer Whether a Participant has been terminated for Good Cause shall be determined by the Plan Administrator
4.4 Investment Options. The Company shall, from time to time and in its sole discretion, select one or more investment vehicles (“Investment Options”) to be made available as the measuring standards for crediting earnings or losses to each participant’s Deferred Compensation Account A Participant may select from such Investment Options in a manner established by the Company, the investment vehicle or vehicles to apply to his or her accounts and may change such selections, all in accordance with such rules as the Company may establish. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may change the method for crediting earnings or losses to each participant’s accounts as described above by written notice to each Participant (including former Participants who then have a Deferred Compensation Account which would be affected by such change), which notice shall specify the new method for crediting earnings or losses to be used under this section, the effective date of such change and the Deferred Compensation Accounts to which such new method shall apply

7


 

SECTION 5
Payment of Benefits
5.1. Time and Method of Payment. Payment of the vested portion of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the Participant’s Distribution Date; provided, however, that if the Company has elected a daily Valuation Date, such payment will be made as soon as practicable following the last business day of the month in which the Participant’s Distribution Date occurs. Payment of the vested portion of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as follows (select one option):
         
Option 1.
  o   A single, lump sum payment.
 
       
Option 2.
  o   Substantially equal monthly installment payments for        months.
 
       
Option 3.
  þ   Substantially equal monthly installment payments for 60 months with a one-time option to receive a lump sum payment. The Participant may elect to receive a single, lump sum payment in lieu of installment payments. Such election must be made by filing a written election with the Plan Administrator at least 30 days prior to the time installment payments would otherwise begin, and such election is subject to approval by the Employer of the Participant
5.2.   Payment Upon Disability. In the event a Participant becomes disabled (as defined below) while the Participant is employed by or associated with an Employer, payment of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be made (or shall commence) as soon as practicable after the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the date on which the Plan Administrator determines that the Participant is disabled. For purposes of this Subsection 5.2, a Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant is unable to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months. Whether a Participant is disabled for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, and in making such determination, the Plan Administrator may rely on the opinion of a physician (or physicians) selected by the Plan Administrator for such purpose
5.3. Payment Upon Death of a Participant. A Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary (designated in accordance with Subsection 5.4) in a single lump sum as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date coincident with or next following the Participant’s death.
5.4. Beneficiary. If a Participant is married on the date of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse, unless the Participant names a beneficiary or beneficiaries (other than the Participant’s spouse) to receive the balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account in the event of the Participant’s death prior to the payment of the Participant’s entire Deferred Compensation Account. To be effective, any beneficiary designation must be filed in writing with the Plan Administrator in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator for that purpose. A Participant may revoke an existing beneficiary designation by filing another written beneficiary designation with the Plan Administrator. The latest beneficiary designation received by the Plan Administrator shall be controlling. If no beneficiary is named by a Participant, or if the Participant survives all of the Participant’s named beneficiaries and does not designate another beneficiary, the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid in the following order of precedence:
  (a)   The Participant’s spouse;
 
  (b)   The Participant’s children (including adopted children) per stripes; or
 
  (c)   The Participant’s estate.

8


 

5.5. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. If the Plan Administrator determines that a Participant has incurred an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may receive in cash the portion of the balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, but only if the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency may not be relieved (a) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or (b) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. A payment on account of an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency shall not be in excess of the amount needed to relieve such Unforeseeable Financial Emergency and shall be made as soon as practicable following the date on which the Plan Administrator approves such payment.
5.6. Withholding of Taxes. In connection with the Plan, the Employers shall withhold any applicable Federal, state or local income tax and any employment taxes, including Social Security taxes, at such time and in such amounts as is necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations.
SECTION 6
Miscellaneous
6.1. Funding. Each Employer under the Plan shall establish and maintain one or more trusts (individually, a “Trust”) to hold assets to be used for payment of benefits under the Plan. The assets of the Trust with respect to benefits payable to the Participants employed by or associated with an Employer shall remain the assets of such Employer subject to the claims of its general creditors. Any payments by a Trust of benefits provided to a Participant under the Plan shall be considered payment by the applicable Employer and shall discharge such Employer from any further liability under the Plan for such payments.
6.2. Rights. Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to give any Employee or Independent Contractor the right to be retained by the Employers or to any benefits not specifically provided by the Plan.
6.3. Interests Not Transferable. Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any state or locality and the provisions of Subsection 5.4, no benefit payable at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or any other encumbrance of any kind or to any attachment, garnishment, or other legal process of any kind. Any attempt by a person (including a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiary) to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber any benefits under the Plan, whether currently or thereafter payable, shall be void. If any person shall attempt to, or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber such person’s benefits under the Plan, or if by any reason of such person’s bankruptcy or other event happening at any time, such benefits would devolve upon any other person or would not be enjoyed by the person entitled thereto under the Plan, then the Plan Administrator, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, may terminate the interest in any such benefits of the person otherwise entitled thereto under the Plan and may hold or apply such benefits in such manner as the Plan Administrator may deem proper.
6.4. Forfeitures and Unclaimed Amounts. Unclaimed amounts shall consist of the amounts in the Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant that cannot be distributed because of the Plan Administrator’s inability, after a reasonable search, to locate a Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, as applicable, within a period of two years after the Distribution Date upon which the payment of benefits became due. Unclaimed amounts shall be forfeited at the end of such two-year period. These forfeitures will reduce the obligations of the Employers, if any, under the Plan. After an unclaimed amount has been forfeited, the Participant or beneficiary, as applicable, shall have no further right to amounts in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account.
6.5. Controlling Law. The law of the state New Hampshire shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Plan to the extent not preempted by Federal law.
6.6. Number. Words in the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.
6.7. Action by the Employers. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any action required of or permitted to be taken by an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors or by action of a person or persons authorized by resolution of such Board of Directors or such committee.

9


 

6.8. Offset for Obligations to Employer. If, at such time as a Participant or a Participant’s beneficiary becomes entitled to benefit payments hereunder, the Participant has any debt, obligation or other liability representing an amount owing to an Employer or an Affiliate of the Employer, and if such debt, obligation, or other liability is due and owing at the time benefit payments are payable hereunder, the Employer may offset the amount owing it or an Affiliate against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable hereunder.
6.9. No Fiduciary Relationship. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions by either the Employers or the Participants shall create, or be construed to create a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participant, a designated beneficiary, other beneficiaries of the Participant, or any other person.
6.10. Claims Procedures. Any person (hereinafter referred to as a “Claimant”) who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan may file a written request for such benefit with the Plan Administrator. Such written request must set forth the Claimant’s claim and must be addressed to the Plan Administrator, at the Company’s principal place of business. Upon receipt of a claim, the Plan Administrator shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety days and shall deliver a reply within ninety days. The Plan Administrator may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety days for reasonable cause. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Plan Administrator shall issue a written determination, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth:
  (a)   The specific reason or reasons for such denial;
 
  (b)   The specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial is based;
 
  (c)   A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the Claimant’s claim and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary; and
 
  (d)   Appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review, and the time limits for requesting such a review.
Within sixty days after’ the receipt by the Claimant of the written determination described above, the Claimant may request in writing, that the Plan Administrator review the Plan Administrator’s determination. The request must be addressed to the Plan Administrator, at the Company’s principal place of business. The Claimant or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Plan Administrator. If the Claimant does not request a review of the Plan Administrator’s determination within such sixty day-period, the Claimant shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Plan Administrator’s determination. “Within sixty days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of a request for review, the Plan Administrator will review the determination. After considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Plan Administrator will render a written determination, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant setting forth the specific reasons for the decision and containing specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If special circumstances require that the sixty day time period be extended, the Plan Administrator will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as practicable, but no later than one hundred twenty days after receipt of the request for review.
6.11.   Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be given under the provisions of the Plan shall be in writing, and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent or demand is mailed to a party hereto, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such party’s last known address as shown on the records of the Employers. Notices to the Plan Administrator should be sent in care of the Company at the Company’s principal place of business. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice. Either party may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner set forth above.

10


 

SECTION 7
Employer Participation
7.1. Adoption of Plan. Any Affiliate of the Company may, with the approval of the Company, adopt the Plan by filing with the Company a resolution of its Board of Directors to that effect.
7.2. Withdrawal from the Plan by Employer. Any Employer shall have the right, at any time, upon the approval of, and under such conditions as may be provided by the Plan Administrator, to withdraw from the Plan by delivering to the Plan Administrator written notice of its election so to withdraw. Upon receipt of such notice by the Plan Administrator, the portion of the Deferred Compensation Account of Participants and beneficiaries attributable to amounts deferred while the Participants were employed by or associated with such withdrawing Employer shall be distributed from the Trust at the direction of the Plan Administrator in cash at such time or times as the Plan Administrator in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, may deem to be in the best interest of such Participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the amounts held in the Trust for the benefit of such Participants and beneficiaries are not sufficient to satisfy the Employer’s obligation to such Participants and their beneficiaries accrued on account of their employment with the Employer, the remaining amount necessary to satisfy such obligation shall be an obligation of the Employer, and the other Employers shall have no further obligation to such Participants and beneficiaries with respect to such amounts.
SECTION 8
Amendment and Termination
The Company intends the Plan to be permanent, but reserves the right at any time to modify, amend or terminate the Plan; provided however, that except as provided below, any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not reduce or eliminate any balance in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account accrued through the date of such amendment or termination. Upon termination of the Plan, the Company may provide that notwithstanding the Participant’s Distribution Date, all Deferred Compensation Account balances will be distributed on a date selected by the Company.
SECTION 9
Change of Control
9.1. Overriding Provisions Applicable During a Restricted Period. The following provisions of this Section 9 will become effective on a Restricted Date as the result of a Change of Control and will remain in effect during the Restricted Period beginning on that date until the following related Unrestricted Date, and during the Restricted Period, will supersede any other provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Section 9 and any other provisions of the Plan, including any supplements thereto.
9.2. Suspension of Part or All of the Overriding Provisions. If a majority of the members of the Entire Board are Continuing Directors (provided such majority is equal to the same number as constituted a majority of the Entire Board immediately prior to the Change of Control), by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Entire Board and a majority of those members of the Entire Board who are Continuing Directors, all or a designated portion or portions of the following provisions of this Section 9 may be declared not applicable as to the specified transaction or event. No portion of the provisions of this Section 9 will apply to any transaction or event to the extent such portion is inconsistent with the requirements of applicable law.
9.3. Definitions. For purposes of this Section 9, the definitions set forth in Paragraphs (a) through (k) below will apply. Definitions set forth elsewhere in the Plan also will apply to the provisions set forth in this Section 9, except that where a definition set forth elsewhere in the Plan and a definition set forth in this Subsection conflict, the definition set forth in this Subsection will govern.
  (a)   “Acquiring Person” will mean any Person, who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, is the Beneficial Owner of shares of common stock of the Company constituting more than 20 percent of the common stock then outstanding.

11


 

  (b)   “Affiliate” and “Associate” will have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”).
 
  (c)   “Beneficial Owner” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the Act.
 
  (d)   “Board of Directors” will mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  (e)   A “Change of Control” will be deemed to occur (i) upon any Person becoming an Acquiring Person if the Board of Directors has not recommended that stockholders of the Company tender or otherwise sell their common stock to such Acquiring Person; (ii) upon the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation, in each case, with respect to which persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation, do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, consolidated or merged Company’s then outstanding securities; or (iii) upon a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
 
  (f)   “Continuing Director” will mean:
  (i)   any member of the Board of Directors immediately prior to a Change of Control, or
 
  (ii)   any successor of a Continuing Director who is recommended or elected to succeed such Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office and is neither an Acquiring Person, an Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, nor a representative or nominee of an Acquiring Person or of any such Affiliate while such person is a member of the Board of Directors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a successor will not be deemed to be a Continuing Director unless, immediately prior to his or her appointment or election, a majority of the members of the Entire Board were Continuing Directors (and unless such majority is equal to the same number as constituted a majority of the Entire Board immediately prior to the Change of Control).
  (g)   “Person” will mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and will include any “group” as that term is used in Rule 13d-5(b) of the Act.
 
  (h)   “Restricted Date” will mean the date on which a Change of Control occurs.
 
  (i)   “Restricted Period” will mean the period beginning on a Restricted Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of such Restricted Date.
 
  (j)   “Unrestricted Date” will mean the last day of a Restricted Period.
 
  (k)   “Entire Board” will mean the total number of members of the Board of Directors that there would be if there were no vacancies on such Board.
9.4. Benefits Vested on Restricted Date. Effective on a Restricted Date, the balances in the Deferred Compensation Accounts (including any contributions and investment earnings after that date) of each Participant who is a Participant in the Plan on that date will become fully vested and nonforfeitable.
9.5. Prohibition Against Amendment. During the Restricted Period, the provisions of this Section 9 may not be amended or deleted and may not be superseded by any other provision of the Plan (including the provisions of any exhibit or supplement thereto).
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers on this 23 day of July, 2001.
                     
            Viewpoint International, Inc.    
 
              (Name of Company)    
 
                   
 
          By:        
 
                   
 
          Its:        
ATTEST:
 
 
               
Its:
                   

12


 

AMENDMENT TO THE
VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
     THIS AMENDMENT to the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan is adopted by Viewpoint International, Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of the date set forth herein.
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Viewpoint International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”), and such Plan is currently in effect; and
     WHEREAS, the Company wishes to amend the Plan as permitted by Section 8 of the Plan.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:
     1. Appendix A shall be added to the Plan in the form attached hereto.
     2. This amendment shall be effective immediately upon execution.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has adopted this Amendment effective as of the dates indicated above.
                 
          VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
               
Date:
              By    
 
               
 
          Name    
 
               
 
          Title    

 


 

APPENDIX A
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2003 SPECIAL CLOSING BONUSES
A1. Exclusion of Certain Bonuses. Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, Compensation as defined in Section 1.4 of the Plan shall not include any bonus (a “Closing Bonus”) payable to a Participant contingent on the consummation of the sale of the Company pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of April 26, 2003 by and among the Oxford Industries, Inc., the Company, and the stockholders of the Company (the “sale”) and so no deferral will be effective with respect to any such bonus except as otherwise expressly provided in this Appendix A.
A2. Special Deferral Election. Participants who are notified that they may become entitled to receive a Closing Bonus equal to or exceeding $250,000 (an “Eligible Bonus”) may make a special Deferral Election (a “Special Election”) with respect to any such Eligible Bonus in accordance with the rules set forth below:
  (a)   The Special Election must be made in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator for the purpose of such Special Election and must be delivered to the Plan Administrator prior to the consummation of the Sale.
 
  (b)   The Special Election is subject to the consummation of the Sale and the payment of an Eligible Bonus.
 
  (c)   The Special Election shall not be valid if the actual Closing Bonus paid to the participant is than $250,000.
 
  (d)   The Special Election is applicable solely to an Eligible Bonus and does not revoke or modify any Deferral Election otherwise in effect under the Plan with respect to a participant’s Compensation (including any other bonuses).
 
  (e)   The Special Election is irrevocable.
A3. Special Deferral Amount. A Participant may elect to defer all or any portion (in a whole percentage or dollar amount ) of an Eligible Bonus. The amount deferred by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Deffered Compensation Account at the same time and shall be adjusted under Section 4.2 in the same manner as any other bonus under the Plan but shall be accounted for separately from all other amounts credited to such Participant’s Account.
A4. Vesting in Special Deferral Amount. A Participant shall be fully vested in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participant’s Special Election Pursuant to this Appendix A.
A5. Time and Method of Payment. Payment of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participant’s Special Election shall be made in accordance with one of the following options elected by the Participant on the special election form provided to the Participant pursuant to Section A2 above:
  (a)   A single lump sum payment made no sooner than January 1, 2005 and no later than May 3l, 2007.
 
  (b)   Substantially equal annual installment payments commencing on any date elected by the Participant and ceasing no later than May 31, 2007.
Such election is irrevocable and may not be modified at any time for any reason.
A6. Other Plan Provisions Apply. The provisions of this Appendix A shall supercede all inconsistent provisions of the Plan, provided that all other provisions of the Plan shall apply with respect to a Participant and the Deferred Compensation Account attributable to the Participant’s Special Election made in accordance with this Appendix A to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Appendix A as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.

 


 

AMENDMENT TO THE VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
     Pursuant to § 8 of the Viewpoint International, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation plan (the “PLAN”), Viewpoint International, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby amends the Plan as follows:
1.
     Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 1.18 of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:
     “The Plan Administrator means a committee of at least three (3) persons appointed by the Company.”
2.
     Effective as of January 1, 2005, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:
     “3.1 Eligibility and Participation. Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, the following persons are eligible to participate in the Plan: Any Employee who is Employed by the Employer and who is determined by the Employer, in its sole discretion, to be both (i) a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees and (ii) eligible to participate in the Plan. Any individuals specified by the Employer may be changed by action of the Employer. An Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan upon the execution and filing with the plan Administrator of a written election to defer a portion of the Employee’s Compensation. A participant shall remain a Participant until the entire balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account has been distributed.”
3.
     Except as specifically set forth herein, the terms of the plan shall remain in full force and effect.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed on the date set forth below.
         
  VIEWPOINT INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
 
  By:    
  Title:     
  Date:   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT D
TOMMY BAHAMA PLAN
SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE TO 2005 COMPENSATION
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Tommy Bahama Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Exhibit D shall supersede all inconsistent provisions of the Tommy Bahama Plan with respect to amounts deferred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 (and earnings on such amounts) and earnings in 2005 on deferrals made in taxable years before January 1, 2005. All other provisions of the Tommy Bahama Plan shall apply with respect to such deferrals to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Exhibit D or Section 409A of the Code, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. This Exhibit D is intended to (a) satisfy the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2), (3) and (4) of the Code for deferrals made after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 and (b) not constitute a material modification of the Tommy Bahama Plan with respect to amounts deferred before January 1, 2005.
     1. Account(s). A separate bookkeeping account shall be established to account for deferrals made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2006 (and any earnings on such deferrals) and earnings in 2005 on deferrals made in taxable years before January 1, 2005. The portion of any Deferred Compensation Account that was not fully vested on December 31, 2004 shall be treated as a deferral made in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004.
     2. Deferral Elections. In no event may a Deferral Election be made later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the amount being deferred is earned by the Participant, except that a Deferral Election with respect to Excess Contributions payable to the Participant in 2005 may be made on or before December 31, 2004 in accordance with Q&A 21 of IRS Notice 2005-1.
     3. Time and Method of Payment. In order for a termination of employment or association with the Employers to qualify as a Distribution Event, the termination of employment or association must qualify as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Section 5.1 of the Tommy Bahama Plan is amended to provide that distributions shall be made in a single, lump sum payment and will commence in the first calendar month that is 6 months from the Participant’s Distribution Date.
     4. Disability or Death. If distribution is made as a result of the Participant’s disability or death under Sections 5.2 or 5.3 of the Tommy Bahama Plan, distribution will commence in the first month of the calendar quarter immediately following the quarter in which his or her disability or death occurred. A Participant shall be considered disabled if the Participant is unable to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last from a continuous period of not less than twelve months.
     5. Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. The provisions of Sections 1.20, 3.2(c) and 5.5 of the Tommy Bahama Plan shall not apply, and Section 7.2(d) of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Tommy Bahama Plan.
     6. Delay of Payments Under Certain Circumstances. Section 7.2(e) of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Tommy Bahama Plan.

2


 

     7. Amendment and Termination. The provisions of Section 8 of the Tommy Bahama Plan shall not apply, and Section 10.12 of the Plan shall apply as if incorporated in the Tommy Bahama Plan.

3

EX-10.(Y) FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
 

Exhibit 10(y)
FORM OF
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
     This Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of «Date», by and between «Name» (“Participant”) and Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation (“Oxford”), pursuant to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in the Plan unless otherwise specifically provided herein.
     WHEREAS, Participant is presently employed by Oxford or a Subsidiary in a key management capacity; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee desires to assure, and has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of Oxford and its shareholders to assure, the retention and continued attention and dedication of certain key management employees to Oxford and/or its Subsidiaries; and
     WHEREAS, the Committee has granted to Participant shares of restricted common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Oxford, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in order to incent Participant to remain as an employee of Oxford or a Subsidiary and to further align the interests of the shareholders of Oxford and its key management employees, such as Participant, by increasing the opportunities for certain key management employees to become shareholders of Oxford.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1.   Award of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, on «Date» (the “Grant Date”), Oxford has granted (the “Award”) to Participant «Number» shares of restricted common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Oxford (the “Restricted Stock”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan.
 
2.   Restrictions. Except as provided in this Agreement, the shares of Restricted Stock are not transferable and are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Without limitation of the foregoing, no shares of Restricted Stock (unless Vested (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to Section 3 below) may be anticipated, alienated, encumbered, sold, pledged, assigned, transferred or subjected to any charge or legal process, and any sale, pledge, assignment or other attempted transfer shall be null and void.
 
3.   Vesting. Participant’s interest in the shares of Restricted Stock shall become transferable and non-forfeitable (“Vested”) as follows:
             
Amount of Award Vested         Vesting Date  
100%
        «Vesting Date»
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any shares of Restricted Stock that have not Vested or been forfeited shall become Vested as of the date of a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined).
 
4.   Forfeiture. Upon the termination of Participant’s employment with Oxford or a Subsidiary, any and all shares of Restricted Stock that have not then become Vested pursuant to Section 3 above shall lapse and be forfeited and canceled (and Participant shall receive no consideration from Oxford on account of such forfeiture), unless the Committee waives this forfeiture condition at the time such employment is terminated, as evidenced by a written waiver adopted by the Committee.
 
5.   Voting and Dividend Rights. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or the Plan, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive any dividends and other distributions with respect thereto.


 

6.   Custody of Certificates. Custody of all stock certificates evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock shall be retained by Oxford, or its designated agent, for so long as such shares are not Vested. Oxford shall place a legend on each certificate evidencing a share of Restricted Stock restricting the transfer of such shares. As soon as practicable after shares of Restricted Stock become Vested, Oxford shall remove the restrictive legend and deliver to Participant one or more stock certificates evidencing such shares.
 
7.   Stock Power. Participant hereby agrees that, at any time upon Oxford’s request, Participant shall deliver to Oxford a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to the             shares of Restricted Stock that are not then Vested. Oxford shall use such stock power to cancel any shares of Restricted Stock that do not become Vested. Oxford shall return such stock power to Participant with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock that become Vested.
 
8.   Section 83(b) Election. Participant hereby acknowledges that Participant may, within the thirty (30) day period after the Grant Date specified above, in Participant’s sole discretion make an election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Code. If Participant makes such election, Participant will promptly file a copy with Oxford.
 
9.   Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions is satisfied:
  (a)   Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than Oxford or any Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by Oxford or any Subsidiary (including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Oxford representing at least 35% of the total voting power represented by Oxford’s then outstanding voting securities;
 
  (b)   The commencement by an entity, person or group (other than Oxford or a Subsidiary) of a tender offer or an exchange offer for more than 35% of the outstanding capital stock of Oxford;
 
  (c)   The effective time of (i) a merger or consolidation of Oxford with one or more corporations as a result of which the holders of the outstanding voting stock of Oxford immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold less than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving or resulting corporation, or (ii) a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Oxford other than to an entity of which Oxford owns at least 80% of the voting stock;
 
  (d)   Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Oxford’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Board; or
 
  (e)   Approval by the shareholders of Oxford of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Oxford.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if (A) its sole purpose is to change the state of Oxford’s incorporation; (B) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held Oxford’s securities immediately before such transaction; or (C) with respect to Participant, if Participant is part of a purchasing group that effects a Change of Control.
10.   Electronic Delivery and Signatures. Participant hereby consents and agrees to electronic delivery of any Plan documents, proxy materials, annual reports and other related documents. If Oxford establishes procedures for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of Plan documents (including

2


 

    documents relating to any award or grant made under the Plan), Participant hereby consents to such procedures and agrees that Participant’s electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, Participant’s manual signature. Participant consents and agrees that any such procedures and delivery may be effected by a third party engaged by Oxford to provide administrative services related to the Plan, including any award or grant made under the Plan.
11.   Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed, administered and governed in all respects under and by the applicable laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle.
 
12.   Tax Withholding. At the time shares of Restricted Stock become Vested, Oxford shall have the right to (i) make deductions from the number of shares of Restricted Stock otherwise deliverable to Participant in an amount sufficient to satisfy withholding of any federal, state or local taxes required by law, or (ii) take such other action as may be necessary or appropriate to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations.
 
13.   No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement shall not confer upon Participant any right whatsoever with respect to continuance of employment with Oxford, nor shall it interfere with or modify in any way any right that Oxford would otherwise have to terminate Participant’s employment at any time.
 
14.   Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended by a writing signed by both parties.
 
15.   Incorporation by Reference. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan, all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan document, the Plan document shall control.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by Oxford on the terms and conditions set forth above.
             
    OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   
I hereby agree to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a condition of the grant made to me.
Participant
     
 
 
«Name»
   

3

EX-21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
     The following table lists each subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc. indented under the name of its immediate parent, the percentage of each subsidiary’s voting securities beneficially owned by its immediate parent and the jurisdiction under the laws of which each subsidiary was organized:
         
        Jurisdiction of
    % of Voting   Incorporation or
Name   Securities   Organization
Oxford Industries, Inc.
       
Oxford Garment, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Lionshead Clothing Company
  100   Delaware
SFI of Oxford Acquisition Corporation
  100   Delaware
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Piedmont Apparel Corporation
  100   Delaware
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.
  100   Florida
Oxford International, Inc.
  100   Georgia
Ben Sherman Clothing, Inc.
  100   Georgia
Oxford Industries Foundation, Inc.
  100   Georgia
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.
  100   South Carolina
Oxford Products (International) Limited
  99.991   Hong Kong
Oxford of Europe
  100   United Kingdom
Camisas Bahia Kino S.A. de C.V.
  100   Mexico
Industrias Lanier de Honduras S. de R.L.
  502   Guatemala
Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV
  993   Mexico
Piedmont Apparel Corporation
       
Patch Licensing LLC
  66-2/34   Delaware
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.
       
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.
  100   Delaware
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.
       
Q.R. Fashions S. de R.L.
  100   Honduras
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.
       
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Oxford International, Inc.
       
Oxford de Colon, S.A.
  100   Costa Rica
Oxford Internacional de Guatemala Sociedad Anonima
  99   Guatemala
Oxford Products (International) Limited
       
 
1   One share of Oxford Products (International) Limited owned by Oxford International, Inc. Oxford Products (International) Limited has 150,000 shares issued and outstanding.
 
2   50% of the voting securities of Industrias Lanier de Honduras S.A. are owned by Oxford Caribbean, Inc.
 
3   1% of the voting securities of Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV are owned by Oxford International, Inc.
 
4   33-1/3% of the membership interests of Patch Licensing LLC are owned by an entity unaffiliated with Oxford Industries, Inc.


 

         
        Jurisdiction of
    % of Voting   Incorporation or
Name   Securities   Organization
Oxford Apparel (HK) Limited
  100   Hong Kong
Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV
  991   Mexico
Oxford Phillipines, Inc.
  96.252   Phillippines
Oxford Apparel (HK) Limited
       
Maxsend Trading Limited
  100   Hong Kong
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.
       
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC
  100   Delaware
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC
       
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC
  100   Texas
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited
       
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited
       
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited
       
Ben Sherman Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Ben Sherman Limited
       
Ben Sherman Group Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Ben Sherman Group Limited
       
Textile Caledonia Investments Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Sherman Cooper Marketing Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Ben Sherman (Manufacturing) Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Ben Sherman (Lurgan) Limited
  100   United Kingdom
The Branded Shirt Co. Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Neal and Cooper Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Dunkeld Fashions Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Tern Shirts Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Slix Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Rodeo International Limited
  100   United Kingdom
Ben Sherman Australia (Pty) Ltd.
  100   Australia
 
1   1% of the voting securities of Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV are owned by Oxford Industries, Inc.
 
2   3.74% of the voting securities of Oxford Phillipines, Inc. are owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. Nominal ownership interests of certain of the voting securities of Oxford Phillippines, Inc. are owned by various individual employees.

2

EX-23 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 

Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Oxford Industries, Inc.:
(1)   Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 33-7231 and 33-64097) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1992 Stock Plan,
 
(2)   Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-113000 and 333-59411) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan,
 
(3)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-59409) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1997 Restricted Stock Plan,
 
(4)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121538) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan,
 
(5)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-121535) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan,
 
(6)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-119263) pertaining to the registration of 485,243 shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock,
 
(7)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130010) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan,
 
(8)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-130009) pertaining to the registration of 485,243 shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock,
 
(9)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-110598) pertaining to the registration of 776,400 shares of Oxford Industries, Inc. Common Stock;
of our report dated March 31, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Oxford Industries, Inc., and our report dated March 31, 2008 with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Oxford Industries, Inc., included in this 2008 Transition Year Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the eight month fiscal year ended February 2, 2008.
         
  /s/ Ernst & Young, LLP    
     
Atlanta, Georgia
March 31, 2008

EX-24 POWERS OF ATTORNEY
 

Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ Cecil D. Conlee
 
 Cecil D. Conlee
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
State of: Georgia
   
County of:          Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared Cecil D. Conlee, known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.
    
 
   
           /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
   
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ George C. Guynn
 
   
 
  George C. Guynn
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
 
   
State of: Georgia
   
County of:          Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared George C. Guynn, known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.
   
 
   
          /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
   
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   

2


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ J. Reese Lanier, Sr.
 
   
 
  J. Reese Lanier, Sr.
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
 
   
State of: Georgia
   
County of:          Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared J. Reese Lanier, Sr., known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.
   
 
   
          /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   

3


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ Clarence H. Smith
 
   
 
  Clarence H. Smith
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
State of: Georgia
   
County of:          Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared Clarence H. Smith, known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.
   
 
   
          /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
   
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   

5


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ Helen B. Weeks
 
   
 
  Helen B. Weeks
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
 
   
State of: Georgia
   
County of:           Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared Helen B. Weeks, known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that she executed the same as her free act and deed.
   
 
   
          /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
   
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   

6


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the transition period from June 2, 2007 to February 2, 2008, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Transition Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 3, 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.
     
 
  /s/ E. Jenner Wood III
 
   
 
  E. Jenner Wood III
 
   
 
  Date: March 27, 2008
State of: Georgia
   
County of:          Fulton
   
 
   
On this 27th day of March, 2008, before me personally appeared E. Jenner Wood III, known to me to be the person named in this instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.
   
 
   
          /s/ Sandra Gilbert
 
   
Notary Public
   
 
   
My Commission expires: May 19, 2010
   
 
   
[NOTARY SEAL]
   

7 

EX-31.1 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, J. Hicks Lanier, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this transition report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: April 1, 2008
  /s/ J. Hicks Lanier
 
   
 
  J. Hicks Lanier
 
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
  (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2 SECTION 302, CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 

EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, K. Scott Grassmyer, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this transition report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
     
Date: April 1, 2008
  /s/ K. Scott Grassmyer
 
   
 
  K. Scott Grassmyer
 
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
 
  (Principal Financial Officer)

 

EX-32 SECTION 906, CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO & CFO
 

EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the transition report of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) for the eight month transition period ended February 2, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, J. Hicks Lanier, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and I, K. Scott Grassmyer, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
(1)   The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)   The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     
          /s/ J. Hicks Lanier
 
   
J. Hicks Lanier
   
 
   
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
 
   
April 1, 2008
   
 
   
 
   
          /s/ K. Scott Grassmyer
 
   
K. Scott Grassmyer
   
 
   
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
   
 
   
(Principal Financial Officer)
   
 
   
April 1, 2008